Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
This document has been protected by ICC using protectedpdf, a document rights management and
tracking technology that helps publishers protect and sell electronic content.
With protectedpdf you can manage document access, printing and update document versions.
©Copyright 2004-2006 Vitrium Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Please visit www.protectedpdf.com for Terms of Use and Privacy Policy
spine size .46"
ISBN:978-1-58001-747-3
Copyright © 2008
by
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This ICC Standard for Residential Construction in High-Wind Regions-2008 (ICC-600) is a copy-
righted work owned by the International Code Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part
of this book may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic,
optical or mechanical means (by way of example, and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage
retrieval system). For information on permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 4051 West
Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, IL 60478. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).
Trademarks: “ICC,” the “International Code Council” logo and “Standard for Residential Construction in High-Wind Regions"
(ICC-600-2008) are trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc.
Interest Categories
General Interest: Individuals assigned to the General Interest category are those who represent the interests of an entity, includ-
ing an association of such entities, representing the general public, or entities that promulgate or enforce the provisions within
the committee scope. These entities include consumers and government regulatory agencies.
User Interest: Individuals assigned to the User Interest category are those who represent the interests of an entity, including an
association of such entities, which is subject to the provisions or voluntarily uses provisions within the committee scope. These
entities include academia, applied research laboratory, building owner, design professional, government nonregulatory agency,
insurance company, private inspection agency and product certification/evaluation agency.
Producer Interest: Individuals assigned to the Producer Interest category are those who represent the interests of an entity,
including an association of such entities, which produces, installs or maintains a product, assembly or system subject to the pro-
visions within the committee scope. These entities include builder, contractor, distributor, labor, manufacturer, material associa-
tion, standards promulgator, testing laboratory and utility.
NOTE — Multiple Interests: Individuals representing entities in more than one of the above interest categories, one of which is
a Producer Interest, are assigned to Producer Interest. Individuals representing entities in the General Interest and User Interest
categories are assigned to the User Interest.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 101 102.1.1 Enclosed exterior walls. The requirements are based
GENERAL on all exterior walls having solid elements (walls, windows
101.1 Scope. The prescriptive methods presented in this standard and doors) for the full perimeter of the building. Open porches
provide wind resistant designs and construction details for residen- not exceeding 20 feet (6096 mm) in width and constructed in
tial buildings of concrete, masonry, wood-framed and cold-formed accordance with Sections 208 and 308 shall be permitted.
steel-framed construction sited in high-wind regions. 102.1.2 Nonrectangular buildings. Nonrectangular
101.2 Limitations. shaped buildings in plan view shall be permitted in accor-
dance with the provisions of Section 105.
101.2.1 The provisions of this standard are directed toward
ensuring structural integrity for resisting wind loads. For design 102.2 Foundations.
and construction requirements outside the scope of this stan- 102.2.1 The requirements of this standard apply to build-
dard, applicable requirements of the International Residential ings supported on the types of foundations shown in Figures
Code® or the International Building Code® shall prevail. 102(1), 102(2) and 102(3):
101.2.2 Provisions contained in this standard are based on 1. Monolithic slab-on-grade,
an enclosed building.
2. Foundation walls supported on cast-in-place concrete
101.2.3 Buildings outside the range of design parameters, footings, and
design load criteria, and materials and methods of construc-
tion set forth in this standard are beyond the scope of this 3. Piles.
standard. 102.2.2 Stemwall foundation height shall not exceed 3
101.3 Intergrity of building envelope. Individual elements of a feet-0 inches (914 mm) from finished grade to top of con-
building not in strict compliance with or addressed by this stan- crete or masonry.
dard may be engineered without requiring engineering for the Exception: For slab-on-grade floors, foundation wall
entire building. Elements which maintain the structural integrity height may exceed 3 feet-0 inches (914 mm), provided:
of the building envelope shall comply with Chapter 6. Windows
and doors that are not addressed in Chapter 6 shall be designed 1. The foundation wall or walls do not exceed 8
and installed to comply with the components and cladding loads feet-0 inches (2438 mm) in height (see Section
of Section 1609 of the International Building Code. 102.2.2 and International Residential Code, Sec-
tion R404); and
101.4 Alternate materials and methods. A large number of
alternatives are available to a designer for providing wind resis- 2. A bond beam complying with Section 205.2 is pro-
tance. The provisions given are not intended to prevent the use of vided; and
such alternate materials or methods permitted by Section 104.11 3. The foundation wall or walls comply with Section
of the International Building Code. R404 of the International Residential Code; and
101.5 Items not addressed. Elements and assemblies not spe- 4. Vertical reinforcement terminates in the bond
cifically addressed by this standard shall be designed and con- beam in accordance with Section 205.7.2 of this
structed in accordance with the International Building Code or standard; and
International Residential Code.
5. The top of the wall is keyed to the slab by:
101.6 Inspections.
a. Providing 6 ´ 6 W1.4 ´ W1.4 welded wire
101.6.1 High wind inspections. For construction in high fabric extending 10 feet-0 inches (3048 mm)
wind regions as established by Figure 104, inspection of into the slab and 6 inches (152 mm) into the
framing and masonry construction shall be made after the bond beam; or,
roof, masonry, all framing, sheathing fasteners, clips, straps
and bracing are in place, but prior to placement of insulation, b. Providing No. 3 minimum reinforcing steel
moisture barrier, roof covering or wall covering material. at 4 feet-0 inches (1219 mm) o.c. hooked
into the bond beam, and extending 10 feet-0
(3048 mm) inches into the slab.
SECTION 102 102.3 In flood hazard areas, flood-resistant construction shall
DESIGN PARAMETERS be in accordance with the International Residential Code.
102.1 Generic building geometry. The provisions of this Appendix B of this standard and FEMA 550, Recommended
standard apply to enclosed wood or steel framed, concrete, Residential Construction for the Gulf Coast, provide guidance
masonry and insulated concrete form (ICF) walled residential for flood-resistant foundations and prescriptive designs for
buildings formed by rectangular shaped elements in plan view flood- and wind-resistant foundations for buildings with wood
and having the geometry shown in Table 102. or light steel-framed exterior walls.
TABLE 102
BUILDING GEOMETRY LIMITATIONS
WALL CONSTRUCTION MASONRY CONCRETE WOOD LIGHT-FRAMEa STEEL LIGHT-FRAMEb
WALL CLEAR
WALL CLEAR HEIGHT OVERHANG
HEIGHT
MEAN ROOF
HEIGHT
ROOF
SLOPE
max
3 ft
PILE
FOUNDATION
EAVE HEIGHT
TO BE
DESIGNED BY
REGISTERED
DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL
MAX.
3 ft
STEMWALL FOUNDATION
WITH SLAB-ON-GRADE
PILE FOUNDATION
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
FIGURE 102(1)
ONE-STORY BUILDING GEOMETRY
OVERHANG
WALL CLEAR WALL CLEAR
HEIGHT HEIGHT
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT
ROOF
SLOPE
EAVE HEIGHT
EAVE HEIGHT
MAX
3 ft
PILE
EAVE HEIGHT
FOUNDATION
AND
CONNECTIONS
TO BE
DESIGNED
BY REGISTERED
MAX
3 ft
DESIGN
PROFESSIONAL
STEMWALL FOUNDATION
WITH SLAB-ON-GRADE
PILE FOUNDATION
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
FIGURE 102(2)
TWO-STORY BUILDING GEOMETRY
ROOF
SLOPE
EAVE HEIGHT
EAVE HEIGHT
MAX
3 ft
WALL CLEAR
HEIGHT
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT
EAVE HEIGHT
MAX
3 ft
STEMWALL FOUNDATION
WITH SLAB-ON-GRADE
BUILDING WIDTH (W). The dimension of exterior walls MASONRY. A form of construction composed of concrete
parallel to the span of roof rafters or trusses [see Figure 103(1)]. masonry units or clay masonry units laid up unit by unit and set
CEILING HEIGHT. Nominal distance measured at the side- in mortar.
wall between top of floor and bottom surface of ceiling above MASONRY COVER. Protective covering for reinforcement
that is directly attached to roof/floor framing system [see Fig- consisting of masonry units, grout, or mortar or a combination
ure 103(1)]. thereof.
CONCRETE COVER. Protective covering of concrete over MEAN ROOF HEIGHT. The distance from average grade to
reinforcing steel. the average roof elevation [see Figures 102(1), 102(2) and
102(3)].
CONTINUOUS (REINFORCING STEEL). Refers to
lengths of reinforcing steel spliced together to act as a single OVERHANG. Projection of a roof beyond the wall below.
unit, providing an uninterrupted connection capable of devel- EAVE OVERHANG. Projection of a roof beyond the sidewall.
oping the full strength of the bar.
RAKE OVERHANG. Projection of a roof beyond the gable
DESIGN WIND SPEED. Design wind speed in miles per endwall.
hour (3 sec. gust) given in Figure 104 or as specified by the
building official or other authority having jurisdiction. RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units such that
head joints in successive courses are horizontally offset at least
DIAPHRAGM. A flat structural unit acting like a deep thin one quarter of the unit length.
beam.
STACK BOND. The placement of masonry units in a bond
DRAG STRUT. A structural member that transfers axial loads pattern such that head joints in successive courses are vertically
between adjacent shear-resisting elements. Bond beams, top aligned. For the purpose of this standard, requirements for
plates, joists, girders and truss chords may be used as drag stack bond shall apply to all masonry laid in other than running
struts provided connections at each end of the drag strut are bond.
capable of transferring loads (see Section 105).
SHEARWALL. A wall or portion of a wall used to resist hori-
ENDWALL. An exterior wall parallel to the primary floor and zontal forces parallel to the wall (in-plane shear) [see Figure
roof framing direction. [see Figure 103(1)]. 205(8)].
FACE SHELL. Side wall of a hollow masonry unit. SHEARWALL PIER. Portion of a shearwall segment adjacent
GROUP II, III, and IV WOOD SPECIES. Classifications of to and equal in height to the opening with the shortest height on
wood species by specific gravity for the purpose of fastening either side of the shearwall segment [see Figure 205(8)].
design. Specific gravities of various species are provided in the SHEARWALL SEGMENT. Portion of a shearwall between
American Forest and Paper Association’s (AF&PA) National openings extending between horizontal diaphragms and/or
Design Specification (NDS) for Wood Construction. floor designed to resist in-plane shear (shear parallel to the
Group II Species. Species with a specific gravity of 0.49 or wall) [see Figure 205(8)].
greater (Douglas Fir, Southern Pine, etc.). SIDEWALL. An exterior wall perpendicular to the primary
Group III Species. Species with a specific gravity of 0.42 floor and roof framing direction [see Figure 103(1)].
or greater and less than 0.49 (Hem Fir, Spruce Pine Fir, etc.). STANDARD 90 DEGREE HOOK. Reinforcing steel which
Group IV Species. Species with a specific gravity less than ends in a 90 degree bend plus extension of at least 12-bar diam-
0.42 (California Redwood, Western Cedar, etc.). eters beyond the bend. Leg (hook length) = 6 inches (152 mm)
for No. 3 bars, 8 inches (203 mm) for No. 4, 10 inches (254
GROUT. A mixture of cementitious material and aggregate to mm) for No. 5, 12 inches (304.8 mm) for No. 6, and 14 inches
which water is added to provide desired slump. (356 mm) for No. 7 bars] [see Figure 103(2)].
COARSE GROUT. A mixture of portland cement, sand, pea STANDARD 180 DEGREE HOOK. Reinforcing steel
gravel and water. which ends in a 180-degree bend plus a minimum extension of
FINE GROUT. A mixture of portland cement, sand and water. 4-bar diameters or 21/2 inches (64 mm), whichever is greater
[see Figure 103(3)].
HEADER. See LINTEL.
STORY. The portion of a building included between the upper
HIGH-WIND REGION. Areas where the design wind speed surface of a floor and upper surface of the roof or floor above.
equals or exceeds 100 miles per hour (44.7 m/s) or greater.
WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A structural panel manu-
INSULATED CONCRETE FORM (ICF). A concrete form- factured in accordance with DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2 from
ing system using stay-in-place forms of rigid foam plastic insu- veneers, wood strands or wafers or a combination of veneer
lation, a hybrid of cement and foam insulation, a hybrid of and wood strands or wafers bonded together with waterproof
cement and wood chips, or other insulating material for con- synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems. Examples
structing cast-in-place concrete walls. of wood structural panels are: composite panels, oriented
INTERIOR SHEARWALL. A shearwall located in the inte- strand board (OSB) and plywood.
rior of the building; i.e., not an endwall or sidewall. WYTHE. Each continuous vertical section of a masonry wall
LINTEL. A beam placed over an opening in a wall. one masonry unit in thickness.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad.
FIGURE 103(2) FIGURE 103(3)
STANDARD 90 DEGREE HOOK STANDARD 180 DEGREE HOOK
SECTION 104 Exposure B shall be assumed unless the site meets the defi-
DESIGN CRITERIA nition of another type of exposure.
104.4.2 Exposure C. Open terrain with scattered obstruc-
104.1 Wind loads. The loads used in the design of the various
tions, including surface undulations or other irregularities,
structural systems and elements of the buildings are separated
having heights generally less than 30 feet (9144 mm)
into:
extending more than 1500 feet (457.2 m) from the building
1. The overall (or global) forces used in the design of the MAIN site in any quadrant. This exposure shall also apply to any
WIND FORCE RESISTING SYSTEMS (MWFRS), and building located within Exposure B-type terrain where the
building is directly adjacent to open areas of Exposure
2. Those loads appropriate for the design of fasteners, clad-
C-type terrain in any quadrant for a distance of more than
ding and elements of the building that must resist the
600 feet (182.9 m). This category includes flat open coun-
much higher loadings induced over relatively small
try, grasslands and shorelines in hurricane-prone regions.
areas. The latter loads are designated COMPONENT
AND CLADDING Loads (C&C). 104.4.3 Exposure D. Flat, unobstructed areas exposed to
wind flowing over open water (excluding shorelines in hur-
104.2 Other design loads and assumptions. See Appendix A. ricane prone regions) for a distance of at least 1 mile (1.61
104.3 Design wind speeds and use factors. This standard pro- km). Shorelines in Exposure D include inland waterways,
vides prescriptive requirements and other details of construc- the Great Lakes and coastal areas of California, Oregon,
tion for buildings sited in wind climates of 100 to 150 miles per Washington and Alaska. This exposure shall apply only to
hour (44.7 to 67 m/s) in 10 mile per hour (4.5 m/s) increments. those buildings and other structures exposed to the wind
The appropriate minimum design wind speed to be selected for coming from over the water. Exposure D extends inland
a particular geographical location shall be based on the WIND from the shore line a distance of 1500 feet (457.2 m) or 10
SPEED MAP given in Figure 104. In developing the provi- times the height of the building structure, whichever is
sions of the standard, a USE FACTOR of 1.0 was used greater.
throughout. 104.5 Applicability. The provisions of this standard shall not
apply to buildings sited where all of the following conditions
104.4 Exposure Categories. The prescriptive details provided
exist:
in this standard are based on the building being located in
Exposure Category B or C as defined in Sections 104.4.1 or 1. The hill, ridge or escarpment is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or
104.4.2. Buildings constructed using ICF and flat panel con- higher if located in Exposure B or 30 feet (9144 mm) or
crete walls in Section 209 shall be permitted in Exposure Cate- higher if located in Exposure C;
gory D as defined in Section 104.4.3. All other buildings 2. The maximum average slope of the hill exceeds 10 per-
located in areas that qualify as Exposure Category D shall be cent; and
designed in accordance with the International Building Code.
3. The hill, ridge or escarpment is unobstructed upwind by
104.4.1 Exposure B. Urban and suburban areas, wooded other such topographic features for a distance from the
areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstruc- high point of 50 times the height of the hill or 1 mile (1.61
tions having the size of single-family dwellings or larger. km), whichever is greater.
FIGURE 104
DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST)
(continued)
Notes:
1. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour (m/s) at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
FIGURE 104—continued
DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST)
(continued)
Notes:
1. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour (m/s) at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
FIGURE 104—continued
DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST)
WESTERN GULF OF MEXICO HURRICANE COASTLINE
(continued)
Notes:
1. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour (m/s) at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
FIGURE 104—continued
DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST)
MID AND NORTHERN ATLANTIC HURRICANE COASTLINE
(continued)
Notes:
1. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour (m/s) at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.
3. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
FIGURE 104—continued
DESIGN WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST)
EASTERN GULF OF MEXICO AND SOUTHEASTERN U.S. HURRICANE COASTLINE
L
LEG DRAG STRUT IN
WIND LEG
COMMON WALL
M+L
W
MAIN I
BUILDING N
W M MAIN M D
BUILDING
M
M = Length of shearwall required for
each sidewall of the main building
M = Length of shearwall required for
each endwall of the main building L = Length of shearwall required for
each endwall of the building leg
SECTION 201 2. ASTM A 36/A36M for plate, headed and bent bar
SCOPE anchors.
This chapter prescribes construction requirements for build- 3. ASTM A 1008A/A1008M for sheet metal anchors
ings where all exterior walls above the foundation are concrete and ties.
or masonry and where the building meets the parameters and
202.1.6 Galvanization. Metal accessories for use in exte-
requirements of Chapter 1. Interior walls and partitions may be
rior wall construction and not directly exposed to the
concrete, masonry, wood framed, cold-formed steel framed, or
weather shall be hot dip galvanized and metal accessories
any other approved construction. ICF and flat panel concrete
for use in interior wall construction shall be mill galvanized
walls shall be in accordance with Section 209.
in accordance the following:
a. Mill galvanized coatings:
SECTION 202 1) Joint reinforcement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERAL . . . . . . . . ASTM A 641. (0.1 oz/ft2) (31 g/m2)
202.1 Materials for masonry. 2) Sheet-metal ties and sheet-metal anchors . . .
202.1.1 Masonry units. . . . . . ASTM A 653 Coating Designation G60
1. Concrete masonry units shall be hollow or solid unit b. Hot-dip galvanized coatings:
masonry in accordance with ASTM C 90 and shall 1) Joint reinforcement, wire ties, and wire anchors
have a minimum net area compressive strength of . . . . . . . ASTM A 153 (1.50 oz/ft2) (458 g/m2)
1900 psi (62 MPa).
2) Sheet-metal ties and sheet-metal anchors. . . .
2. Clay masonry units shall be in accordance with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM A 153 Class B
ASTM C 62, C 216, or C 652 Class H40V, and shall
have a minimum net area compressive strength of 3) Steel plates and bars (as applicable to size and
4400 psi (30.3 MPa) when using Type M or S mortar form indicated). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or a minimum net area compressive strength of 5500 . . . . . . ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153, Class B
psi (37.9 MPa) when using Type N mortar. 202.1.7 Fasteners and connectors.
202.1.2 Mortar. In structural applications, mortar shall be
either Type M or S in accordance with ASTM C 270. In This standard contains figures showing connectors. The
veneer applications, mortar shall be Type M, S, or N in connectors are shown for illustrative purposes only. The
accordance with ASTM C 270. illustration of the connectors is not intended to endorse
any connector manufacturer. To choose the appropriate
202.1.3 Grout. The grout shall have a maximum coarse
connector, please check with the connector manufac-
aggregate size of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) placed at an 8 to 11-inch
turer.
(203 to 229 mm) slump and have a minimum specified com-
pressive strength of 2000 psi (15.2 MPa) at 28 days when
tested in accordance with ASTM C 1019, or shall be in 202.1.7.1 A continuous load path between foundations,
accordance with ASTM C 476. Grout shall be placed in walls and roofs shall be provided. Approved connectors,
maximum 5 foot (1524 mm) lifts and properly consolidated. anchors and other fastening devices shall be installed in
Exception: Where the following conditions are met, accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
place grout in lifts not exceeding 12.67 ft (3.86 m). Where fasteners are not otherwise specified in this stan-
dard, fasteners shall be provided in accordance with
1. The masonry has cured for at least 4 hours. Table R602.3(1) of the International Residential Code.
2. The grout slump is maintained between 10 and 11 Nails, screws or bolts shall be able to resist the forces
in. (254 and 279 mm). described in this standard. Nails, screws and bolts shall
comply with requirements contained in the National
3. No intermediate reinforced bond beams are placed
Design Specifications for Wood Construction.
between the top and the bottom of the pour height.
202.1.7.2 Unless otherwise stated, sizes given for nails
202.1.4 Reinforcing steel. The reinforcing steel shall be
minimum Grade 60 and identified in accordance with are common wire nails. For example, 8d = 21/2 inches
ASTM A 615, A 706 or A 996. long ´ 0.131-inch diameter (See Table 12.3B, Columns
2, 3 and 4, in the National Design Specifications for
202.1.5 Metal accessories. Joint reinforcement, anchors, ties Wood Construction). Nails shall conform to the require-
and wire fabric shall conform to the following standards: ments of ASTM F 1667 including supplementary
1. ASTM A 951 for joint reinforcement and wire requirements.
anchors and ties.
202.1.7.3 Fasteners and connectors that are exposed hot dipped galvanized after fabrication to meet
directly to the weather or subject to salt corrosion in ASTM A 123 or provided with a protective coating as
coastal areas, as determined by the building official, or in specified by ANSI/TPI 1.
contact with treated wood shall comply with the follow- 202.2 Masonry work, general.
ing:
202.2.1 All mortar joints for hollow unit masonry shall
202.1.7.3.1 Screws, bolts and nails shall be corrosion extend the full width of face shells. Mortar joints for solid
resistant by coating, galvanization or composition masonry shall be full head and bed joints.
(stainless steel, nonferrous metal or other suitable
corrosion-resistant material). The corrosion resis- 202.2.2 Bed joints shall be 3/8 inch (± 1/8 inch) (9.5 ± 3 mm)
tance of galvanized fasteners with diameters over 3/8 thick and head joints shall be 3/8 inch (+ 3/8 inch or - 1/4 inch)
inch (9.5 mm) shall be equal to or equivalent to that (9.5 + 9.5 or - 6 mm) thick except for masonry veneer.
provided by compliance with ASTM A 153. The cor- 202.2.3 The bed joint of the starting course placed over foot-
rosion resistance of fasteners with diameters of 3/8 ings shall be permitted to vary in thickness from a minimum
inch or less shall be demonstrated through one of the of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to a maximum of 3/4 inch (19 mm).
following methods:
202.2.4 Masonry walls shall be running bond or stack bond con-
1. Compliance, or equivalent, with ASTM A 153. struction. When masonry units are laid in stack bond, 9-gage
2. Compliance, or equivalent, with ASTM A 641 (0.148 inch) (minimum) horizontal joint reinforcement, in addi-
Class 1. tion to required vertical reinforcement, shall be placed in bed
joints at not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center.
3. Corrosion resistance exhibiting not more than 5
percent red rust after 1000 hours exposure in 202.2.5 Longitudinal wires of joint reinforcement shall be
accordance with ASTM B 117. fully embedded in mortar or grout with a minimum cover of
5/ inch (16 mm) when exposed to earth or weather and 1/
8 2
4. Corrosion resistance exhibiting not more than 5 inch (13 mm) when not exposed to earth or weather.
percent red rust after 280 hours exposure for
nails, 1000 hours for roof tile fasteners or 360 202.3 Reinforcing steel, general.
hours exposure for other carbon steel fasteners 202.3.1 Reinforcing steel shall be No. 4, 5, 6 or 7 for bond
in accordance with ASTM G 85, Annex 5. beam reinforcement and No.4 or No. 5 bars for wall vertical
202.1.7.3.2 Metal plates and connectors shall be reinforcement.
stainless steel, hot dipped galvanized prior to fabrica- 202.3.2 Splices shall be lap splices with minimum splice
tion to meet ASTM A 653 Coating Designation G185, lengths as set forth in Table 202.
TABLE 202
MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT SPLICE LENGTH (inches)
BAR SIZE LAP SPLICE A1 LAP SPLICE B2
4 20 25
5 25 39
6 43 54
7 59 63
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
Notes:
1. Bars with 33/8 inches minimum cover on all sides and 33/8 inches minimum clearance to adjacent bars [Figure 202(1)].
2. Bars with 2 inches minimum cover on all sides and 2 inches minimum clearance to adjacent bars [Figure 202(2)].
2 main reinforcing
2 MAIN bars in same
REINFORCING BARScell (typ.)CELL (TYP.)
IN SAME
2 in.2(51
in. COVER ALL SIDES
mm) cover MIN.
all sides (TYP.)
min. (typ.)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 202(2)
LAP SPLICE B CONFIGURATION
202.3.3 Reinforcement that is required to be bent shall be 202.5.3 Cleanout openings shall have a minimum opening
bent in the shop or in the field in accordance with the dimension of 3 inches (76 mm).
following:
202.6 Grouting (masonry).
1. All reinforcement shall be bent cold;
2. The diameter of the bend, measured on the inside of 202.6.1 Masonry protrusions extending 1/2 inch (13 mm) or
the bar, is not less than six-bar diameters; and more into cells or cavities to be grouted shall be removed for
grout pours over 5 feet (1524 mm).
3. Reinforcement partially embedded in concrete shall
not be field bent. 202.6.2 Spaces to be grouted shall be free of mortar drop-
Exception: Where bending is necessary to align pings, debris, loose aggregates, and any material harmful to
dowel bars with a vertical cell, bars partially masonry grout.
embedded in concrete shall be permitted to be bent 202.6.3 All cells containing reinforcement or anchor bolts
at a slope of not more than 1 inch (25 mm) of hori- shall be grouted solid.
zontal displacement to 6 inches (152 mm) of verti-
cal bar length.
202.4 Masonry cover over reinforcing steel.
SECTION 203
202.4.1 Reinforcing bars embedded in grouted masonry FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS
cells shall have a minimum clear distance of 1/4 inch (6 mm)
for fine grout or 1/2 inch (13 mm) for coarse grout between 203.1 Design.
reinforcing bars and any face of a cell.
203.1.1 All exterior walls, bearing walls and columns shall
202.4.2 Reinforcing bars used in masonry walls shall have a be supported on concrete footings of sufficient design to
masonry cover (including grout) of not less than safely support the loads imposed as determined from the
1. 2 inches (51 mm) for masonry units with face exposed character of the soil.
to earth or weather.
203.1.2 Minimum sizes for footings shall be as set forth in
2. 11/2 inch (38 mm) for masonry units not exposed to Table 203 (Refer to Figures 203(1) through (4) for typical
earth or weather. foundation details). The footing width, W, shall be based on
202.5 Cleanout openings (masonry). the load-bearing value of the soil in accordance with Table
203. Spread footings shall be at least 8 inches (203 mm) in
202.5.1 Cleanout openings shall be provided for cells con- thickness. Except for monolithic slab-on-grade founda-
taining spliced reinforcement when the grout pour exceeds tions, all exterior footings shall be at least 2 inches (51 mm)
5 feet (1524 mm) in height. wider on each side than the wall resting on the footing and
Exception: Cleanout openings are not required in cells shall not extend past the wall more than the thickness of the
containing vertical reinforcement where footing dowels footing. Monolithic slab-on-grade interior foundations may
are not required by Section 203.3.1, provided vertical be used in conjunction with stemwall exterior foundations.
wall reinforcement from above reaches within 12 inches
203.1.3 Masonry buildings within the dimensional scope of
(305 mm) of the floor slab below. Table 203 shall be assumed to be of adequate weight to not
202.5.2 Where cleanout openings are required, an opening require uplift resistance greater than that provided by the
shall be provided in the bottom course of the masonry cell to structure and any foundation in accordance with Section
be filled. 203 of this standard.
TABLE 203
MINIMUM WIDTH OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY FOOTINGS (INCHES)a
LOAD-BEARING VALUE OF SOIL (psf)
1,500 2,000 3,000 4,000
8-inch hollow masonry
1-story 12 12 12 12
2-story 21 16 12 12
3-story 32 24 16 12
8-inch solid or fully grouted masonry, ICF and flat panel concrete
1-story 16 12 12 12
2-story 29 21 14 12
3-story 42 32 21 16
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
a. Where minimum footing width is 12 inches, use of a single wythe of solid or fully grouted 12-inch nominal masonry units is permitted.
as REQUIRED
LapAS
LAP required
Lap
LAP ASasREQUIRED
required
Footing dowel
FOOTING DOWEL Footing
FOOTING dowel
DOWEL
FIGURE 203(1)
CONTINUITY OF FOOTING AND FOUNDATION WALL REINFORCEMENT
WALL
MASONRY WALL MASONRY WALL
REINFORCEMENT
WALL 1
LAP SPLICED WITH
/4 IN.
REINFORCEMENT FOOTING DOWEL
LAP SPLICED WITH ISOLATION JOINT
FOOTING DOWEL CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE SLAB
MASONRY HEADER ON GRADE
ON GRADE UNIT (EXTEND
SLAB ONLY WHERE
SOIL IS STABLE)
VAPOR VAPOR
FOOTING DOWEL FOOTING DOWEL
RETARDER RETARDER
WALL
REINFORCEMENT
1
/4 IN. ISOLATION
CONCRETE SLAB
JOINT MIN. (TYP.) ON GRADE
CONCRETE FOOTING
FOOTING DOWEL
REINFORCEMENT,
AS REQUIRED
INTERIOR WALL
MASONRY WALL
WALL
REINFORCEMENT 4 IN. MIN.
2´ BAND JOIST, PRESSURE TREATED
LAP OR SEPARATED FROM MASONRY BY
REINFORCEMENT MOISTURE BARRIER
WOOD FLOOR
SYSTEM
T 2 # 5 CONTINUOUS
3 IN. cover W
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 203(3)
STEMWALL FOUNDATION WITH WOOD-FRAMED FLOOR
T
T
2 # 5 CONTINUOUS
2 # 5 CONTINUOUS 3 IN. W 3 IN. MIN.
MIN. COVER, COVER, OR AS
OR AS REQUIRED REQUIRED
W
203.3.2 All footing dowel bars shall be the same size as the 204.3.2 Wood I-joists. Single- or continuous-span I-joists
vertical wall reinforcement minimum, shall have a standard shall comply with the manufacturer’s code evaluation report.
90-degree (1.57 rad) hook, and shall be embedded 5 inches 204.3.3 Floor trusses. Floor trusses shall be in accordance
(127 mm) minimum into 8-inch (203 mm) thick footings and with ANSI/TPI-1.
a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) into all other footings.
Dowel bars shall lap vertical wall reinforcement in accor- 204.3.4 Floor sheathing thickness. Floor sheathing shall
dance with the provisions of Section 202.3. Dowels shall be a minimum of 7/16-inch (11 mm) wood structural panels,
extend into the footing and terminate with a standard hook at installed with the long dimension perpendicular to framing
3 inches (76 mm) clear of the footing bottom. Vertical wall and with end joints staggered [See Figure 204(4)].
reinforcing shall be lap spliced with the dowel, extend into 204.3.5 Floor sheathing spans. Floor framing shall be
the bond beam at the wall top and terminate with a standard spaced so that the sheathing spans do not exceed those speci-
hook at 11/2 inches (38 mm) clear of the top of the bond beam. fied in Table R503.2.1.1(1) of the International Residential
Alternately stem wall vertical reinforcing shall be permitted Code.
to extend into the footing and be terminated with a standard
hook at 3 inches (76 mm) clear of the bottom of the footing. In 204.3.6 Bracing. Provide full-depth blocking, perpendicu-
addition grouted, reinforced vertical cells shall be provided at lar to floor framing members, in the first two framing spaces
hold down post anchorages and at uplift anchorages that use at each end of floor system spaced 4 feet (1220 mm) on cen-
straps embedded into concrete or masonry. ter maximum [see Figure 204(4)]. See Section 204.4 for
other blocking.
204.3.7 Fastening. Fastening shall be in accordance with
SECTION 204 Table R602.3(1) of the International Residential Code and
FLOOR SYSTEMS Tables 2306.3.1 and 2306.3.2 of the International Building
204.1 Concrete slab-on-grade. Code to provide the required shear capacities.
204.1.1 Concrete slab-on-grade shall be 31/2 inches (89 mm) 204.3.8 Connections for masonry walls in accordance
thick minimum. with Section 205.
204.1.2 Reinforcement is not required for slab-on-grade 1. Bearing ends of joists or trusses shall be connected to
floors. masonry walls by a ledger bolted to the wall as shown
in Figure 204(5). Anchor bolts shall be sized and
204.2 Suspended concrete slabs. spaced in accordance with Table 204 and with a bolt
204.2.1 Suspended concrete floors shall be hollowcore located not less than 6 inches (152 mm) nor more than
floor systems, designed and installed in accordance with the 12 inches (305 mm) from each end of each ledger
manufacturer’s specifications. See Figures 204(1), 204(2) member. The ledger shall be No. 2 Southern Pine or
and 204(3) for typical connection details. No. 2 Douglas Fir. Framing shall be fastened to the
ledger with metal joist hangers properly rated for all
204.3 Wood frame floor systems. gravity loads. Floor sheathing shall be fastened to the
204.3.1 Floor joists. Floor joists shall be sized in accor- ledger the same as to other floor framing members.
dance with the American Forest and Paper Association’s 2. Where the masonry wall above the floor line is thinner
(AF&PA) Span Tables for Joists and Rafters or the AF&PA than the wall below, first-story wood floors shall be
Wood Frame Construction Manual. permitted to bear on and be attached to the top of the
16 IN.
GROUT AT LOCATION OF
SHEAR BAR TOPPING AS REQUIRED
BOND BEAM
MESH OR OTHER
GROUT STOP DEVICE
PRECAST HOLLOWCORE SLAB
BEARING STRIP
MASONRY
WALL NO. 4 (M # 13) HOOKED BAR AT SHEAR 6 IN.
BAR IN WALL (NOT REQUIRED IF VERTICAL
REINFORCEMENT AT THIS LOCATION)
10 IN.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 204(1)
HOLLOWCORE CONNECTION TO EXTERIOR BEARING WALL
GROUT, AS REQUIRED
GROUT IN KEYWAY
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED
HORIZONTAL REINFORCING BAR IN KEYWAY
TOPPING, AS REQUIRED NO. 4 @ 8 FT (M # 13 @ 2.4 m) O.C.
BEARING STRIP
BACKER ROD AND SEALANT
FIGURE 204(2)
HOLLOWCORE CONNECTION TO INTERIOR BEARING WALL
wall below as shown for stemwalls in Figure 203(3). 204.4 Floor diaphragms. Floor sheathing and fasteners shall
Framing shall be fastened to the plate in accordance be capable of resisting the total shear loads specified in Table
with Table R602.3(1) of the International Residential 204(1) for the applicable exposure and wind speed. Shear
Code. The plate shall be bolted to the wall with 1/2 inch capacities for wood floor diaphragms shall be based on the
(13 mm) diameter anchor bolts spaced at a maximum spacing of the floor framing members, sheathing material,
of 6 feet (1829 mm) on center, with a bolt located not sheathing thickness, nail size and nail spacing as specified in
less than 6 inches (152 mm) nor more than 12 inches Tables 2306.3.1 and 2306.3.2 of the International Building
(305 mm) from each end of each plate member and Code. The suspended concrete slabs specified in Section 204.2
embedded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) into the have a diaphragm capacity of 4,000 plf (58.4 kN/m).
masonry wall.
TABLE 204
ANCHOR BOLT SPACING FOR LOAD-BEARING LEDGER BOLTED TO MASONRY WALL
ANCHOR BOLT SPACING
(inches)
LOAD-BEARING BOLT DIAMETER (inches)
LEDGER SIZE
1 5 3 7
(NOMINAL) FLOOR SPAN (feet) /2 /8 /4 /8 1
10 18 21 24 — —
12 16 18 20 — —
14 13 15 17 — —
Single 2´
16 12 13 15 — —
18 10 12 13 — —
20 9 11 12 — —
10 31 38 43 48
12 — 26 32 36 39
14 — 22 27 31 34
Double 2´
16 — 19 24 27 30
18 — 17 21 24 26
20 — 15 19 22 24
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
NOTES:
1. Anchor bolt embedment shall be a minimum of 6 inches.
2. Ledger shall be same depth as joist.
TOPPING
GROUT AT LOCATION AS REQUIRED
OF SHEAR BAR
BOND
BEAM
MESH OR OTHER
GROUT STOP DEVICE PRECAST
HOLLOWCORE SLAB
MASONRY
WALL
SECTION 205
MASONRY WALL SYSTEMS
FLOOR FRAMING
(SHOWN @ 24 IN. O.C. 205.1 Thickness of masonry. The minimum thickness of exte-
rior masonry walls shall be 8 inches (203 mm).
205.2 Bond beams.
205.2.1 A reinforced bond beam shall be provided in
masonry walls at the top of the wall and at each floor level
(except at slab-on-grade) of each exterior wall. (See Section
205.4.1 for rake beam at top of gable endwalls). Bond
beams shall contain one #4 bar minimum.
205.2.2 Bond beams shall be one of the following:
8 inches thick ´ 8 inches high masonry (203 ´ 203 mm)
BLOCKING @48 IN. O.C. MAX. IN
FIRST TWO FRAMING SPACES 8 inches thick ´ 12 inches high masonry (203 ´ 305 mm)
AT EACH END 8 inches thick ´ 16 inches high masonry (203 ´ 406 mm)
8 inches thick ´ 24 inches high masonry (203 ´ 610 mm)
8 inches thick ´ 32 inches high masonry (203 ´ 813 mm)
Precast units certified by the manufacturer to be suitable
FLOOR for the loads stipulated in Section 205.8.1, installed in
JOIST accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications, and
approved by the building official.
205.2.3 Reinforcement shall be continuous around corners
[see Figure 205(1)]. Where more than one bar is required,
only one bar need be continuous around corners.
2´ BLOCKING
FULL DEPTH 205.2.4 All splices shall be lapped in accordance with Section
OF JOISTS 202.3.2.
205.2.5 Precast bond beams shall properly receive and
retain all vertical wall reinforcement. Precast bond beams
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
shall contain the minimum amount of continuous reinforce-
FIGURE 204(4) ment indicated in Section 205.8.1 and shall be reinforced at
ENDWALL BRACING PERPENDICULAR TO FLOOR FRAMING joints to act as drag struts and diaphragm chords
1
/2 IN. ANCHOR BOLT SEE TABLE 204 FOR ANCHOR BOLT SIZE AND
SPACING AND LEDGER SIZE ON LOAD-BEARING WALL
72 IN. O.C. IN
NONLOAD-BEARING WALL
APPROVED JOIST
HANGER (TYP.)
2 FOOT
END JOIST
TABLE 204(1)
TOTAL FLOOR DIAPHRAGM SHEAR LOADa, b (LB PER SIDE)
PERPENDICULAR DIMENSIONc
(feet)
WIND SPEED
EXPOSURE (mph) 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80
205.2.6 Amount of bond beam reinforcement. The mini- 205.3.4 Shearwalls. Vertical reinforcement shall be pro-
mum reinforcement for bond beam roof diaphragm chord vided at the ends of each shearwall segment in accordance
tension reinforcement steel shall be as set forth in Tables with Section 205.5.5 of this standard.
205(1) and (2) for the appropriate Exposure Category. The 205.3.5 Spacing of vertical reinforcement. Vertical rein-
minimum reinforcement for bond beam uplift-resisting rein- forcement shall be provided for the design windspeed, build-
forcement shall be as set forth in Tables 205(3) - 205(6) for ing width, wall height and exposure specified in Table 205(9).
the loads set forth in Table 207(3). The total minimum area of
bond beam reinforcement shall be the sum of the required 1. For spacing of reinforcement at continuous gable
area of the diaphragm chord tension steel and the required endwalls, see Section 205.4.
area of bond beam uplift steel. Bond beam area of steel shall 2. Vertical reinforcement used in conjunction with pre-
be converted to bar size in accordance with Table 205(8). cast bond beams shall be spaced the same as for
masonry bond beams unless other spacing is substan-
205.3 Vertical reinforcement. tiated by the beam manufacturer and approved by the
building official and shall hook into the precast beam
205.3.1 Corners. One No. 4 bar minimum shall be provided
in accordance with Section 205.7.
in each corner, including interior corners and corners cre-
ated by changes in wall direction or offsetting of walls such 205.3.6 Duplication. Reinforcing steel requirements are not
as at projected bays and inset porches. additive. A single reinforcing bar may fulfill more than one
requirement. For example, a single bar will satisfy the require-
205.3.2 Openings in masonry walls. A minimum of one ments for a bar at the side of an opening which occurs at the
bar of the size used for vertical wall reinforcement shall be same location as a bar required by Tables 205(8) and 205(9). In
provided on each side of openings wider than 6 feet (1829 all cases, the most stringent requirements shall be applied.
mm). If more vertical reinforcement is interrupted by an
205.3.7 Wall reinforcement summary. See Figure 205(11).
opening than is provided beside the opening (total in the first
and second cells adjacent to the opening on both sides of the 205.3.8 Continuity of reinforcement. See Section 205.7
opening), a minimum of one-half of the equivalent area of for details of connection of vertical wall reinforcing to foot-
reinforcement interrupted by the opening shall be placed on ings and bond beams.
each side of the opening. This reinforcement shall be placed 205.4 Masonry gables.
within the first and/or second cells beside the opening.
205.4.1 Gable end walls of masonry shall be constructed
205.3.3 Girders. A minimum of one bar of the size used for full height to the roof line except where gable end trusses or
vertical wall reinforcement shall be provided at all locations wood framed gable end walls in conformance with Sections
where girders or girder trusses bear on masonry walls. 205.4.7 and 205.4.8 are provided.
TABLE 205(1)
ROOF DIAPHRAGM CHORD TENSION BOND BEAM STEEL AREAa,b
EXPOSURE B (square inches)
BUILDING LENGTH
(feet)
WIND VELOCITY BUILDING WIDTH WALL HEIGHT
(mph) (feet) (feet) 40 50 60 70 80
TABLE 205(2)
ROOF DIAPHRAGM CHORD TENSION BOND BEAM STEEL AREAa,b
EXPOSURE C (square inches)
BUILDING LENGTH
(feet)
WIND VELOCITY BUILDING WIDTH WALL HEIGHT
(mph) (feet) (feet) 40 50 60 70 80
TABLE 205(3)
AREA OF STEEL REQUIRED IN BOND BEAM FOR UPLIFT BENDINGa,b,c
(square inches)
8 IN. BOND BEAM/LINTEL SPAN
(feet)
UPLIFT
(plf) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per lineal foot = 14.594 N/m, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm 2.
a. Uplift bending steel area shall be added to bond beam uplift steel area determined in Tables 205(1) and (2) as appropriate for total required bond beam area of steel
Select appropriate bar size and number of bars from Table 205(8).
b. When reinforced required is 0.000, only diaphragm tension reinforcement is required.
c. NP = Not Permitted.
BOND
MASONRY BOND BEAM UNITS
BEAM
HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT
STANDARD
HOOK
GROUT
GROUT
MESH OR
BOND OTHER
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT LAPPED WITH BOND BEAM BEAM GROUT
REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED STOP
DEVICE
MESH OR
OTHER
GROUT
STOP
DEVICE STANDARD
LAP BOND BEAM REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED HOOK
TABLE 205(4)
AREA OF STEEL REQUIRED IN BOND BEAM FOR UPLIFT BENDINGa,b,c
(square inches)
12 IN. BOND BEAM/LINTEL SPAN
(feet)
UPLIFT
(plf) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
205.4.2 Rake beam. Where masonry is carried full height to the rake beam to connect the wall to roof sheathing. The
to the roof line, a cast-in-place rake beam with a minimum wood nailer may be attached to either the inside or outside
4-inch (102 mm) dimension and one continuous reinforcing of the wall.
bar of the same size used in the bond beam for the sidewall 205.4.6 The roof diaphragm shall be attached to the contin-
shall be cast along the roof line [See Figure 205(4)]. uous masonry gable as denoted in either Figure 205(5) or
205.4.3 Vertical reinforcement is required at the maximum Figure 205(6).
spacing specified in Table 205(10) or Table 205(11) as 205.4.7 Where masonry is not carried full height, gable end
appropriate. walls shall have a bond beam at the top of the masonry wall.
Intermediate bond beams are not required.
205.4.4 Vertical wall reinforcing in the masonry gable end
wall shall extend into the rake beam and have standard 205.4.8 Where masonry is not carried full height, gable end
hooked ends. Hooked dowel bars spliced to vertical rein- walls shall be sheathed with 15/32 inch wood structural panels
forcing in accordance with Table 202 shall be permitted. No with 8d common or 8d hot dipped galvanized box nails
dowels are required into the footing except as specified in spaced at 6 inches (152 mm) o.c. and 12 inches (305 mm)
Section 203.3.1. o.c at intermediate framing. Other approved structural
materials shall be permitted provided it is designed to meet
205.4.5 Where the masonry is carried the full height to the the suction and compression loads as required by Section
roof line, diaphragm blocking shall be provided in accor- 1609 of the International Building Code. The top of the
dance with Section 206.4. Provide a 2´ wood nailer bolted masonry wall shall be braced in accordance with Tables
TABLE 205(5)
AREA OF STEEL REQUIRED IN BOND BEAM FOR UPLIFT BENDINGa,b,c
(square inches)
16 IN. BOND BEAM/LINTEL SPAN
(feet)
UPLIFT
(plf) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
205(14) and 205(15) and Figure 205(7) or bracing shall be lengths for separate parts of a building, such as in common walls
designed by a registered professional engineer or architect. of nonrectangular buildings (see Section 105.3).
205.5 Exterior shearwalls. Shearwalls are required to resist 205.5.2 Multiple shearwall segments. Shearwall segment
horizontal movement or forces at ends of diaphragms. lengths shown in Tables 205(17) through 205(22) are for a
205.5.1 Shearwall segments. Required shearwall segment single shearwall segment of the specified length. Shearwalls
lengths shall be determined from Tables 205(17) through may be divided into multiple smaller segments if:
205(19) and 205(20 through 205(22). When using Tables 1. All individual shearwall segment lengths meet the
205(17) through (19) (for endwalls) and the building con- minimum requirements of Section 205.5.1.
tains one or more interior shearwalls, the distance to the first
interior shearwall shall be used in determining the length- 2. Individual shearwall segments are subject to the same
to-width ratio for use in the table. The building length used reinforcement requirements as a single shearwall seg-
shall be the distance between adjacent shearwalls. Distance ment.
between adjacent shearwalls shall not exceed 21/2 times the 3. The sum of the lengths of individual shearwall seg-
building width when used in conjunction with a wood roof ments shall be equal to or greater than the length spec-
or floor diaphragm. Minimum shearwall segment length ified by the applicable table.
shall be 2 feet (610 mm).
4. The length of the largest individual segment shall be
Values less than 2 feet (610 mm) as shown in the tables are to no more than four times the length of the smallest seg-
be used only when adding together required shearwall segment ment within the shearwall.
TABLE 205(6)
AREA OF STEEL REQUIRED IN BOND BEAM FOR UPLIFT BENDINGa,b,c
(square inches)
24 IN. BOND BEAM/LINTEL SPAN
(feet)
UPLIFT
(plf) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
205.5.3 Openings. Shearwall piers and shearwall segments 205.5.6 Multi-story shearwalls. Shearwall segments in an
shall not contain openings (other than incidental utility pen- upper story shall be located directly over shearwall seg-
etrations) with a maximum horizontal or vertical dimension ments in the story below and reinforcement at the ends of
of 5 inches (127 mm) for piers and 12 inches (305 mm) for the shearwall segment shall be continuous from the bond
portions of shearwall segments above and below piers. The beam of the upper story through the story below.
total area of openings in any one segment of shearwall shall
not exceed 144 square inches (929 cm 2). 205.5.7 Nonrectangular buildings. (See Section 105).
205.5.4 Arrangement. The maximum clear distance 205.6 Interior shearwalls.
between shear wall segments shall be 18 feet (5486 mm). A
minimum 2 feet (610 mm) shear wall segment shall be 205.6.1 Interior shearwalls used to decrease the length-
located at each building corner where the wall length is to-width ratio of buildings shall comply with the following:
greater than 4 feet (1220 mm) [see Figure 205(11)]. Each
exterior wall shall have the required length of effective 1. Bond beams in interior walls containing shearwalls shall
shearwall determined by Tables 205(17) through 205(22). extend the full width of the building and shall be subject
to the same restrictions as shearwalls in exterior walls;
205.5.5 Reinforcement. Each shearwall or shearwall seg-
ment shall contain the amount of vertical reinforcement indi- 2. The length of an interior shearwall shall be sized in
cated in Tables 205(17) through 205(22) in each end of each accordance with Section 205.5. For interior
shearwall segment. This reinforcement, shall be anchored shearwalls, the total shearwall length shall be the sum
with a standard hook into the bond beam at the top and with a of the shearwall lengths required for each building
standard hook into bond beams or footings below. length on each side of the interior shearwall;
TABLE 205(7)
AREA OF STEEL REQUIRED IN BOND BEAM FOR UPLIFT BENDINGa,b
(square inches)
32 IN. BOND BEAM/LINTEL SPAN
(feet)
UPLIFT
(plf) 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
3. Bond beam reinforcement of interior walls containing 205.6.2 When an interior shearwall is used in the bottom
shearwalls shall be continuous with bond beam rein- story of a two-story building without an interior shearwall
forcement of exterior walls; above it (i.e., wider shearwall spacing in top story than bot-
4. Where masonry shearwalls or shearwall segments tom story), the following procedure shall be used:
terminate below the roof diaphragm, the diaphragm
shall be connected to the shearwall or shearwall seg- 1. L/W for both stories shall be based on top story;
ments by the roof trusses or framing. Such masonry
walls shall be laterally supported by a diaphragm. 2. Top-story shearwall segment lengths shall be as
shown in Tables 205(17) through (19);
TABLE 205(8) 3. Bottom-story shearwall segment lengths shall be the
BOND BEAM AREA OF STEEL PROVIDED, in2/ft upper-story spacing and table values shall be reduced
BAR SIZE as follows:
NUMBER OF
BARS No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7
3.1. Shearwall having a shearwall above it, multi-
1 0.20 0.31 0.44 0.60 ply by 0.82.
2 0.40 0.62 0.88 1.20
3.2. Shearwall without shearwall above it, multi-
For SI: 1 square inch per foot. ply by 0.35.
TABLE 205(9)
SINGLE STORY AND TOP STORY WALL PARALLEL TO RIDGE VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SPACING NO. 5 BARS
(feet)
EXPOSURE B B B C C C
BUILDING WIDTH
(feet)
WIND VELOCITY WALL HEIGHT
(mph) (feet) 24 32 40 24 32 40
TABLE 205(d)—continued
SINGLE STORY AND TOP STORY WALL PARALLEL TO RIDGE VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SPACE NO. 4 BARS
(feet)
EXPOSURE B B B C C C
BUILDING WIDTH
(feet)
WIND VELOCITY WALL HEIGHT
(mph) (feet) 24 32 40 24 32 40
8 9.87 10.53 8.97 9.57 8.23 8.78 7.59 8.10 7.05 7.52 6.58 7.02
8.67 9.97 10.59 9.06 9.63 8.30 8.82 7.67 8.15 7.12 7.56 6.64 7.06
9.33 10.06 10.64 9.14 9.68 8.38 8.87 7.73 8.19 7.18 7.60 6.70 7.10
10 10.14 10.69 9.22 9.72 8.45 8.91 7.80 8.23 7.08 7.65 6.14 6.85
12 10.17 10.83 8.38 9.14 7.01 7.65 5.95 6.49 5.10 5.57 4.42 4.83
B
14 7.75 8.29 6.37 6.82 5.33 5.70 4.51 4.83 3.86 4.14 3.34 3.58
16 6.12 6.43 5.03 5.29 4.19 4.41 3.55 3.73 3.03 3.19 2.62 2.76
18 4.97 5.14 4.07 4.21 3.39 3.51 2.86 2.96 2.44 2.53 2.10 2.18
20 4.12 4.20 3.38 3.44 2.81 2.86 2.36 2.41 2.01 2.05 1.72 1.76
22 3.48 3.49 2.84 2.85 2.36 2.36 1.98 1.99 1.68 1.68 1.43 1.44
BUILDINGS WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS
8 8.34 8.89 7.58 8.09 6.95 7.41 6.41 6.84 5.95 6.35 5.56 5.93
8.67 8.42 8.94 7.65 8.13 7.01 7.45 6.47 6.88 6.01 6.39 5.24 5.96
9.33 8.49 8.99 7.72 8.17 7.08 7.49 6.52 6.91 5.53 6.37 4.75 5.53
10 8.57 9.03 7.79 8.21 6.87 7.53 5.83 6.50 5.00 5.58 4.31 4.84
12 7.21 7.86 5.92 6.47 4.95 5.40 4.19 4.58 3.59 3.92 3.10 3.39
C
14 5.47 5.86 4.49 4.81 3.75 4.01 3.16 3.39 2.70 2.90 2.33 2.50
16 4.31 4.54 3.53 3.72 2.94 3.09 2.47 2.61 2.11 2.22 1.81 1.91
18 3.49 3.61 2.85 2.95 2.37 2.45 1.99 2.06 1.68 1.75 1.44 1.49
20 2.89 2.94 2.35 2.40 1.94 1.98 1.63 1.66 1.37 1.40 1.16 1.19
22 2.43 2.43 1.97 1.98 1.62 1.63 1.35 1.35 1.13 1.14 NP NP
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
NP = Not permitted.
8 9.87 10.53 8.97 9.57 8.23 8.78 7.59 8.10 6.42 7.52 5.47 6.68
8.67 9.97 10.59 9.06 9.63 8.07 8.82 6.86 7.76 5.77 6.68 4.93 5.80
9.33 10.06 10.64 8.45 9.48 7.08 7.95 6.02 6.76 5.17 5.81 4.46 5.05
10 9.06 10.09 7.47 8.32 6.26 6.79 5.32 5.92 4.57 5.09 3.96 4.42
12 6.56 7.16 5.40 5.89 4.52 4.93 3.84 4.19 3.29 3.59 2.85 3.12
B
14 5.00 5.35 4.11 4.40 3.44 3.68 2.91 3.12 2.49 2.67 2.16 2.31
16 3.95 4.15 3.24 3.41 2.71 2.85 2.29 2.41 1.96 2.06 1.69 1.78
18 3.21 3.31 2.63 2.72 2.19 2.27 1.85 1.91 1.58 1.63 1.36 1.41
20 2.66 2.71 2.18 2.22 1.81 1.84 1.52 1.55 1.30 1.32 1.11 1.13
22 2.25 2.25 1.83 1.84 1.52 1.53 1.28 1.28 1.08 1.09 0.93 0.93
BUILDINGS WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY EXTERIOR WALLS
8 8.34 8.89 7.58 8.09 6.20 7.41 5.15 6.29 4.36 5.30 3.73 4.53
8.67 8.29 8.94 6.83 7.73 5.58 6.48 4.65 5.50 3.94 4.73 3.38 4.09
9.33 7.28 8.17 5.99 6.73 5.02 5.64 4.21 4.79 3.57 4.11 3.06 3.57
10 6.43 7.16 5.30 5.90 4.43 4.94 3.76 4.19 3.22 3.60 2.78 3.12
12 4.65 5.07 3.82 4.17 3.19 3.49 2.70 2.95 2.31 2.53 2.00 2.19
C
14 3.53 3.78 2.90 3.10 2.42 2.59 2.04 2.19 1.74 1.87 1.50 1.61
16 2.78 2.93 2.28 2.40 1.90 2.00 1.60 1.68 1.36 1.43 1.17 1.23
18 2.25 2.33 1.84 1.90 1.53 1.58 1.28 1.33 1.09 1.13 0.93 0.96
20 1.86 1.90 1.52 1.55 1.25 1.28 1.05 1.07 0.88 0.90 0.75 0.77
22 1.57 1.57 1.27 1.28 1.05 1.05 0.87 0.87 0.73 0.73 NP NP
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
NP = Not permitted.
TABLE 205(12)
ANCHOR BOLT SPACING FOR ATTACHING 2´ WOOD NAILER TO RAKE BEAM
1
/2-INCH ANCHOR BOLT
REQUIRED ROOF DIAPHRAGM CAPACITY
AS DETERMINED BY TABLE 205(16) (plf) Maximum Spacing (feet and inches)
105 6¢ - 0²
145 5¢ - 0²
195 4¢ - 0²
230 3¢ - 6²
270 3¢ - 0²
325 2¢ - 6²
415 2¢ - 0²
565 1¢ - 6²
700 1¢ - 2²
845 1¢ - 0²
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound force per lineal foot = 14.594 N/m.
TABLE 205(13)
MASONRY GABLE OUTLOOKER CONNECTOR LOADS
CONNECTOR LOADa, LB
Perpendicular Parallel to wall
WIND SPEED Uplift to wall F2b F1 WALL ZONEc
128 24 1E
100
128 16 1
160 30 1E
110
160 20 1
195 35 1E
120
195 23 1
Exposure B
233 41 1E
130
233 27 1
274 48 1E
140
274 32 1
318 55 1E
150
318 36 See Table 1
189 34 205(16) 1E
100
189 23 1
234 41 1E
110
234 27 1
283 49 1E
120
283 33 1
Exposure C
336 58 1E
130
336 38 1
394 67 1E
140
394 44 1
456 77 1E
150
456 51 1
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 4.448 N.
a. Based on connector spacing of 24 in. For spacing other than 24 in. multiply values shown by connector spacing (in.)/24.
b. Unit load on 2 ft of wall, multiply by 1/2 of vertical span between floor and roof (at connector location) for total connector load.
c. Wall zones designated 1E are end zones. The width of the end zone is 20% of the least horizontal dimension of the building or 0.8 times the mean roof height
whichever is smaller, but not less than 8% of the least horizontal dimension or 6 ft.
3
4 4 LONGTUDINAL
2
3
4E
2 INTERIOR 4E LONGITUDINAL
ZONE
ROOF
ANGLE
END
ZONE
1 LONGITUDINAL
1
1E LONGITUDINAL 2a 2a
1E
WIND DIRECTION
RANGE
FIGURE 205(3)
MAIN WIND FORCE LOADING DIAGRAM
STANDARD 90°
HOOK (TYP.) 4 IN. MIN.
REINFORCED CAST-IN-PLACE OR
CUT MASONRY RAKE BEAM AT ROOF
LINE CONTINUOUS WITH BOND BEAM
REINFORCEMENT IN SIDE WALL
ROOF SHEATHING
2 -16d
FACIA SOFFIT CONNECTOR LOAD
RATED PER
24 IN. TABLE 205(13) WOOD
MAX. OVERHANG ROOF TRUSS
8 IN. REINFORCED
CONCRETE RAKE BEAM
(4 IN. MINIMUM DEPTH)
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT
WITH STANDARD HOOK
A
A
GROUT
STOP
GROUT, AS REQUIRED MASONRY WALL LOCATION
CUT MASONRY
FACIA UNITS TO MATCH SLOPE. BEAM HEIGHT
VARIES, 4 IN. MIN.
SOFFIT
2 ´ 4 AT 24 IN.
O.C. MAX. NOTCH WEBS 23/4 IN. FOR
REINFORCEMENT
2 ´ 4 (MIN.) PRESSURE
TREATED WOOD NAILER CONTINUOUS RAKE BEAM REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED, BENT AND MESH OR OTHER GROUT STOP DEVICE
LAP-SPLICED WITH RAKE FOR CELLS NOT REINFORCED
BEAM REINFORCEMENT
MASONRY WALL
GROUT, AS REQUIRED
TABLE 205(14)
WOOD GABLE BRACE NAILING
RAKE HEIGHT (feet)
WIND SPEED (mph) NAIL SIZE 12 14 16 18 20 22
10d 4 4 5 5 6 6
100
8d 6 7 8 8 9 10
10d 4 5 6 6 7 7
110
8d 7 8 9 10 11 11
10d 5 6 7 7 8 8
120
8d 9 10 11 12 13 13
EXPOSURE B
10d 6 7 8 9 10 10
130
8d 10 11 13 14 15 15
10d 7 8 9 10 11 11
140
8d 12 13 15 16 18 18
10d 8 9 11 12 13 13
150
8d 13 15 17 19 20 20
10d 5 6 7 7 8 8
100
8d 8 9 11 12 13 13
10d 6 7 8 9 10 10
110
8d 10 11 13 14 15 15
10d 7 8 9 10 11 11
120
8d 12 14 15 17 18 18
EXPOSURE C
10d 9 10 11 12 13 13
130
8d 14 16 18 20 22 22
10d 10 12 13 14 15 15
140
8d 16 19 21 23 25 25
10d 12 13 15 16 18 18
150
8d 19 21 24 26 29 29
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
TABLE 205(15)
WOOD GABLE STUD CONNECTOR LOADS
CONNECTOR LOADa, LBS
WIND SPEED (mph) Uplift Perpendicular to wall F2 Parallel to wall F1 WALL ZONEb
16 1E
100 55
11 1
20 1E
110 69
13 1
23 1E
120 83
15 1
Exposure B
27 1E
130 99
18 1
32 1E
140 116
21 1
36 1E
150 134
24 See Table 1
23 205(16) 1E
100 81
15 1
28 1E
110 99
18 1
33 1E
120 120
22 1
Exposure C
38 1E
130 142
25 1
45 1E
140 166
30 1
51 1E
150 192
34 1
For SI: 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound force = 4.448 N.
a. Unit load on stud at 16 in. O.C. Multiply by 1/2 stud length for total connector load.
b. Wall zones designated 1E are end zones. The width of the end zone is 20 percent of the least horizontal dimension of the building or 0.8 times the mean roof height,
whichever is smaller, but not less than 8% of the least horizontal demension or 6 feet.
TABLE 205(16)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LOADS PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE PER FOOT OF BUILDING LENGTHa,b,c (lb/ft)
ROOF SLOPE £ = 5:12 ROOF SLOPE = 7:12 ROOF SLOPE = 12:12
BUILDING WIDTH (feet) BUILDING WIDTH (feet) BUILDING WIDTH (feet)
EXPOSURE WIND SPEED 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 54 53 53 88 102 117 118 142 168
110 65 65 64 107 124 142 143 172 204
120 77 77 76 127 147 169 170 205 242
B
130 91 90 89 149 173 198 200 241 285
140 105 105 103 173 201 230 232 279 330
150 121 120 119 199 230 264 266 321 379
100 75 75 74 124 143 164 166 200 236
110 91 91 89 150 174 199 201 242 286
120 108 108 106 178 207 237 239 288 340
C
130 127 126 125 209 242 278 280 338 399
140 147 147 145 243 281 322 325 391 463
150 169 168 166 279 323 370 373 449 531
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per lineal foot = 14.594 N/m, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. Required shearwall loads perpendicular to the ridge are per lineal foot of building length. Multiply tabular values by building length for total shear load.
b. For connector loads, divide total shear load by the number of connectors.
c. Table values may be interpolated.
NAILING AS REQUIRED
FOR DIAPHRAGM EDGE
8d NAILS 2 ´ 4 AT 32 IN. O.C.
AT 6 IN. O.C. OR AS REQUIRED
12 IN.
MAX.
FACIA
SOFFIT
CONNECTOR LOAD RATED NAIL PER
2 ´ LADDER FRAMING PER TABLE 205(15) TABLE 205(14)
AT 24 IN. O.C. MAX.
2 ´ 6 AT 16 IN. O.C.
15
/32 IN. RATED
STRUCTURAL 2 - 8d TOENAILS INTO BRACE
PANELS, 8d NAILS
6 IN. O.C. AT EDGES, 2 ´ 4 CONTINUOUS NAILED TO TRUSS
12 IN. O.C. IN FIELD WEBS (ONE PER TRUSS)
MASONRY WALL
FIGURE 205(7)
GABLE END BRACING FOR MASONRY WALLS NOT CONTINUOUS TO THE ROOF DIAPHRAGM
TABLE 205(17)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PARALLEL TO RIDGE, NO. 4 REINFORCEMENTa,b,c,d ROOF ANGLE 23 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 1.62 2.31 3.14 3.68 4.98 6.49 5.41 7.28 9.43
110 1.96 2.79 3.80 4.45 6.03 7.85 6.55 8.81 11.42
120 2.33 3.32 4.52 5.30 7.17 9.34 7.79 10.48 13.58
B
130 2.73 3.90 5.31 6.22 8.42 10.96 9.14 12.30 15.94
140 3.17 4.52 6.16 7.22 9.76 12.71 10.60 14.27 18.49
150 3.64 5.19 7.07 8.28 11.21 14.59 12.17 16.38 21.23
100 1.92 2.77 3.82 4.86 6.63 8.69 7.56 10.15 13.13
110 2.32 3.35 4.62 5.88 8.02 10.52 9.14 12.28 15.88
120 2.76 3.99 5.50 7.00 9.54 12.52 10.88 14.61 18.90
C
130 3.24 4.68 6.46 8.21 11.20 14.69 12.77 17.15 22.18
140 3.76 5.43 7.49 9.53 12.99 17.04 14.81 19.89 25.73
150 4.32 6.23 8.59 10.94 14.91 19.56 17.00 22.83 29.53
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PARALLEL TO RIDGE, NO. 5 REINFORCEMENTa,b,c,d ROOF ANGLE 23 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 1.09 1.55 2.12 2.48 3.35 4.37 3.64 4.90 6.35
110 1.32 1.88 2.56 3.00 4.06 5.28 4.41 5.93 7.68
120 1.57 2.23 3.05 3.57 4.83 6.29 5.24 7.06 9.14
B
130 1.84 2.62 3.57 4.19 5.67 7.38 6.16 8.28 10.73
140 2.13 3.04 4.15 4.86 6.57 8.56 7.14 9.60 12.45
150 2.45 3.49 4.76 5.58 7.54 9.82 8.19 11.02 14.29
100 1.29 1.86 2.57 3.27 4.46 5.85 5.09 6.83 8.84
110 1.56 2.26 3.11 3.96 5.40 7.08 6.16 8.26 10.69
120 1.86 2.68 3.70 4.71 6.42 8.43 7.33 9.84 12.72
C
130 2.18 3.15 4.35 5.53 7.54 9.89 8.60 11.54 14.93
140 2.53 3.65 5.04 6.41 8.74 11.47 9.97 13.39 17.32
150 2.91 4.19 5.79 7.36 10.04 13.17 11.45 15.37 19.88
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. The cumulative shearwall segment length for each side of the building shall be equal to or greater than the tabular shear wall length required. If the required
shearwall segment length is not one continuous shearwall segment, the total shearwall length required shall be increased by 0.67 feet for each additional shearwall
segment making up the total shearwall length on a side.
b. The minimum shearwall segment length shall be 2 feet-0 inches. Values less than 2 feet-0 inches are shown only for summation of shear wall segments and for
interpolation purposes. A grouted cell with vertical reinforcement of the size indicated is required at each end of every shear wall segment.
c. Portions of walls with opeings other than those permitted by Section 205.5.3 shall not be considered part of the shearwall length.
d. Shearwall lengths are based on shearwall segment heights of 80 inches (height from the floor to the top of the highest opening adjacent to the shear segment – cor-
ners and openings as permitted by Section 205.5.3 are not counted as openings). For shear segment heights other than 80 inches, multiply tabular length values as
follows:
TABLE 205(18)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PARALLEL TO RIDGE, NO. 4 REINFORCEMENTa,b,c,d ROOF ANGLE 30 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Wind Speed Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 1.66 2.45 3.40 3.55 4.92 6.49 5.18 7.13 9.36
110 2.01 2.96 4.11 4.30 5.96 7.86 6.27 8.63 11.32
120 2.39 3.52 4.89 5.12 7.09 9.35 7.46 10.27 13.47
B
130 2.81 4.13 5.74 6.00 8.32 10.97 8.76 12.05 15.81
140 3.26 4.79 6.66 6.96 9.65 12.73 10.15 13.98 18.34
150 3.74 5.50 7.64 7.99 11.08 14.61 11.66 16.05 21.05
100 2.00 2.99 4.21 4.73 6.62 8.82 7.22 9.92 12.97
110 2.42 3.62 5.10 5.72 8.01 10.67 8.74 12.00 15.70
120 2.88 4.30 6.07 6.81 9.53 12.70 10.40 14.28 18.68
C
130 3.37 5.05 7.12 7.99 11.19 14.90 12.20 16.76 21.92
140 3.91 5.86 8.26 9.27 12.98 17.28 14.15 19.43 25.43
150 4.49 6.73 9.48 10.64 14.90 19.84 16.25 22.31 29.19
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PARALLEL TO RIDGE, NO. 5 REINFORCEMENTa,b,c,d ROOF ANGLE 30 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 1.12 1.65 2.29 2.39 3.31 4.37 3.49 4.80 6.30
110 1.35 1.99 2.77 2.89 4.01 5.29 4.22 5.81 7.62
120 1.61 2.37 3.29 3.44 4.77 6.29 5.02 6.91 9.07
B
130 1.89 2.78 3.86 4.04 5.60 7.39 5.89 8.11 10.64
140 2.19 3.23 4.48 4.69 6.50 8.57 6.84 9.41 12.34
150 2.52 3.71 5.14 5.38 7.46 9.83 7.85 10.80 14.17
100 1.34 2.01 2.84 3.18 4.46 5.93 4.86 6.67 8.73
110 1.63 2.44 3.43 3.85 5.39 7.18 5.88 8.08 10.57
120 1.94 2.90 4.08 4.58 6.42 8.55 7.00 9.61 12.57
C
130 2.27 3.40 4.79 5.38 7.53 10.03 8.21 11.28 14.76
140 2.63 3.94 5.56 6.24 8.74 11.63 9.53 13.08 17.12
150 3.02 4.53 6.38 7.16 10.03 13.35 10.94 15.02 19.65
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. The cumulative shearwall segment length for each side of the building shall be equal to or greater than the tabular shearwall length required. If the required
shearwall segment length provided is not one continuous shearwall segment, the total shearwall length required shall be increased by 0.67 feet (8 inches) for each
additional shear wall segment making up the total shearwall length on a side.
b. The minimum shearwall segment length shall be 2 feet-0 inches. Values less than 2 feet-0 inches are shown only for summation of shearwall segments and for
interpolation purposes. A grouted cell with vertical reinforcement of the size indicated is required at each end of every shearwall segment.
c. Portions of walls with opeings other than those permitted by Section 205.5.3 shall not be considered part of the shearwall length.
d. Shearwall lengths are based on shearwall segment heights of 80 inches (height from the floor to the top of the highest opening adjacent to the shear segment – cor-
ners and openings as permitted by Section 205.5.3 are not counted as openings). For shear segment heights other than 80 inches, multiply tabular length values as
follows:
TABLE 205(19)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PARALLEL TO RIDGE, NO. 4 REINFORCEMENTa,b,c,d ROOF ANGLE 45 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 2.11 3.24 4.64 2.11 5.72 7.73 5.77 8.17 11.00
110 2.56 3.92 5.61 4.85 6.92 9.36 6.98 9.89 13.31
120 3.05 4.67 6.68 5.77 8.23 11.13 8.31 11.77 15.85
B
130 3.57 5.48 7.84 6.77 9.66 13.07 9.75 13.81 18.60
140 4.15 6.35 9.09 7.85 11.20 15.16 11.31 16.02 21.57
150 4.76 7.29 10.43 9.01 12.86 17.40 12.98 18.39 24.76
100 2.63 4.13 6.03 5.45 7.90 10.84 7.22 9.92 12.97
110 3.18 4.99 7.30 6.60 9.56 13.12 8.74 12.00 15.70
120 3.79 5.94 8.68 7.85 11.38 15.61 10.40 14.28 18.68
C
130 4.45 6.97 10.19 9.21 13.35 18.32 12.20 16.76 21.92
140 5.16 8.09 11.82 10.68 15.48 21.25 14.15 19.43 25.43
150 5.92 9.28 13.57 12.26 17.77 24.39 16.25 22.31 29.19
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PARALLEL TO RIDGE, NO. 5 REINFORCEMENTa,b,c,d ROOF ANGLE 45 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 1.42 2.18 3.12 2.70 3.85 5.21 3.88 5.50 7.41
110 1.72 2.64 3.78 3.26 4.66 6.30 4.70 6.66 8.96
120 2.05 3.14 4.49 3.88 5.54 7.50 5.59 7.92 10.67
B
130 2.41 3.69 5.27 4.56 6.50 8.80 6.56 9.30 12.52
140 2.79 4.27 6.12 5.29 7.54 10.20 7.61 10.78 14.52
150 3.20 4.91 7.02 6.07 8.66 11.71 8.74 12.38 16.67
100 1.77 2.78 4.06 3.67 5.32 7.30 5.38 7.59 10.18
110 2.14 3.36 4.91 4.44 6.43 8.83 6.51 9.49 12.32
120 2.55 4.00 5.85 5.28 7.66 10.51 7.75 10.93 14.66
C
130 2.99 4.69 6.86 6.20 8.99 12.33 9.09 12.83 17.21
140 3.47 5.44 7.96 7.19 10.42 14.30 10.55 14.88 19.96
150 3.98 6.25 9.13 8.26 11.96 16.42 12.11 17.09 22.91
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. The cumulative shearwall segment length for each side of the building shall be equal to or greater than the tabular shearwall length required. If the required
shearwall segment length provided is not one continuous shearwall segment, the total shearwall length required shall be increased by 0.67 feet (8 inches) for each
additional shearwall segment making up the total shearwall length on a side.
b. The minimum shearwall segment length shall be 2 feet-0 inches. Values less than 2 feet-0 inches are shown only for summation of shearwall segments and for
interpolation purposes. A grouted cell with vertical reinforcement of the size indicated is required at each end of every shearwall segment.
c. Portions of walls with opeings other than those permitted by Section 205.5.3 shall not be considered part of the shearwall length.
d. Shearwall lengths are based on shearwall segment heights of 80 inches (height from the floor to the top of the highest opening adjacent to the shear segment – cor-
ners and openings as permitted by Section 205.5.3 are not counted as openings). For shear segment heights other than 80 inches, multiply tabular length values as
follows:
TABLE 205(20)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE, NO. 4 REINFORCEMENT
PER FOOT OF BUILDING LENGTH,a,b,c,d,e ROOF ANGLE 23 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Wind Speed Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 0.054 0.053 0.053 0.142 0.142 0.141 0.231 0.231 0.230
110 0.065 0.065 0.064 0.172 0.172 0.171 0.279 0.279 0.278
120 0.077 0.077 0.076 0.205 0.204 0.204 0.333 0.332 0.331
B
130 0.091 0.090 0.089 0.240 0.240 0.239 0.390 0.390 0.389
140 0.105 0.104 0.103 0.279 0.278 0.277 0.453 0.452 0.451
150 0.121 0.120 0.119 0.320 0.319 0.318 0.520 0.519 0.518
100 0.075 0.075 0.074 0.199 0.199 0.198 0.324 0.323 0.322
110 0.091 0.090 0.089 0.241 0.241 0.240 0.392 0.391 0.390
120 0.108 0.108 0.106 0.287 0.287 0.285 0.466 0.466 0.464
C
130 0.127 0.126 0.125 0.337 0.336 0.335 0.547 0.546 0.545
140 0.147 0.147 0.145 0.391 0.390 0.388 0.635 0.634 0.632
150 0.169 0.168 0.166 0.449 0.448 0.446 0.729 0.728 0.726
TABLE 205(21)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL LENGTH (feet) PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE, NO. 4 REINFORCEMENT
PER FOOT OF BUILDING LENGTH,a,b,c,d,e ROOF ANGLE 30 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 0.88 0.102 0.117 0.166 0.180 0.195 0.243 0.257 0.272
110 0.107 0.124 0.142 0.201 0.217 0.236 0.294 0.311 0.329
120 0.127 0.147 0.169 0.239 0.259 0.286 0.350 0.371 0.392
B
130 0.149 0.173 0.198 0.280 0.304 0.329 0.411 0.435 0.460
140 0.173 0.200 0.230 0.325 0.352 0.382 0.477 0.504 0.534
150 0.199 0.230 0.264 0.373 0.404 0.438 0.548 0.579 0.613
100 0.124 0.143 0.164 0.232 0.252 0.273 0.341 0.361 0.382
110 0.150 0.173 0.199 0.281 0.305 0.330 0.413 0.437 0.462
120 0.178 0.206 0.237 0.335 0.363 0.393 0.491 0.519 0.550
C
130 0.209 0.242 0.278 0.393 0.426 0.461 0.577 0.610 0.645
140 0.242 0.281 0.322 0.456 0.494 0.535 0.669 0.707 0.748
150 0.278 0.322 0.370 0.523 0.567 0.614 0.768 0.812 0.859
TABLE 205(22)
REQUIRED SHEARWALL (feet) LENGTH PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE, NO. 4 REINFORCEMENT
PER FOOT OF BUILDING LENGTH,a,b,c,d,e ROOF ANGLE 45 DEGREES
1ST STORY OF 2 STORY
TOP STORY OR 2ND STORY OF 3 STORY 1ST STORY OF 3 STORY
Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet) Building Width (feet)
Wind Speed
Exposure (mph) 24 32 40 24 32 40 24 32 40
100 0.118 0.142 0.168 0.196 0.220 0.246 0.273 0.297 0.323
110 0.143 0.172 0.204 0.237 0.226 0.297 0.331 0.360 0.391
120 0.170 0.205 0.242 0.282 0.317 0.354 0.393 0.428 0.466
B
130 0.200 0.241 0.284 0.331 0.372 0.415 0.462 0.503 0.546
140 0.232 0.279 0.330 0.384 0.431 0.482 0.536 0.583 0.634
150 0.266 0.320 0.378 0.440 0.495 0.553 0.615 0.669 0.727
100 0.166 0.200 0.236 0.274 0.308 0.345 0.383 0.417 0.453
110 0.200 0.241 0.285 0.332 0.373 0.417 0.464 0.505 0.549
120 0.239 0.287 0.340 0.395 0.444 0.496 0.552 0.600 0.653
C
130 0.280 0.337 0.399 0.464 0.521 0.582 0.647 0.705 0.766
140 0.325 0.391 0.462 0.538 0.604 0.675 0.751 0.817 0.888
150 0.373 0.449 0.531 0.617 0.694 0.775 0.862 0.938 1.020
PIER
HEIGHT
SEGMENT
HEIGHT
SHEAR WALL
OPENINGS WITH NO DIMENSION GREATER PIER
THAN 12 IN. AND 144 SQ IN. MAY BE INCLUDED
IN A SHEAR WALL SEGMENT AND NOT GREATER
THAN 5 IN. IN SHEARWALL PIERS SHEAR WALL
SHEAR WALL SEGMENT
SEGMENT
18 FT MAXIMUM SPACING
2 FT SHEAR SEGMENT AT
BETWEEN SHEAR SEGMENTS (TYP.)
EACH BUILDING CORNER MINIMUM (TYP.)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm2.
FIGURE 205(8)
SHEARWALL SEGMENTS
CLEANOUT REQUIRED
FOR GROUT LIFT
GREATER THAN
5 FT UNLESS
LAP SPLICE FOOTING DOWEL
PER TABLE IS NOT REQUIRED
202
STANDARD HOOK
EMBEDMENT PER
FOOTING SECTION 203.3.2
REINFORCEMENT 3 IN. (76 mm)
MIN. COVER
REINFORCEMENT IN
GROUTED CELL
FIGURE 205(10)
CONTINUITY OF FIRST-AND SECOND-FLOOR VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
2 FT MIN. SHEAR
VERTICAL SEGMENT AT EACH
REINFORCEMENT BUILDING CORNER, TYP. VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT UP TO 10 FT
O.C. MAX DEPENDING ON WALL HEIGHT, FOOTING DOWELS AT
AT EACH CORNER CORNERS, OPENINGS WIDER
AND AT EACH DESIGN WIND SPEED AND ROOF SPAN.
FOOTING DOWEL NOT ALWAYS REQUIRED. THAN 6 FT AND ENDS
CHANGE IN WALL OF SHEAR SEGMENTS, MIN.
DIRECTION
TABLE 205(23)
SUPERIMPOSED LOADS MINIMUM RATED LOAD CAPACITY OF 8 INCH THICK PRE-ENGINEERED
ASSEMBLIES SPANNING OPENINGS OF ONE STORY AND TOP STORY OF MULTI-STORY BUILDINGSa,c,d,e,f
MINIMUM RATED GRAVITY LOAD FOR ASSEMBLY (plf)
ROOF SPAN
(feet) Dead load Live load Total
4b 60 120 180
12 120 280 400
16 150 360 510
20 180 440 620
24 210 520 730
28 240 600 840
32 270 680 950
36 300 760 1060
40 330 840 1170
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound force per square
foot = 47.88 Pa. TRUSS ANCHOR
AND TRUSS (TYP.)
a. All loads are superimposed at the top of the wall and do not include dead
loads of the bond beam or masonry above the assembly, Add 100% of addi-
tional dead and live loads to the gravity loads.
b. Use 4-foot roof span for assemblies in endwalls. REINFORCED
BOND BEAM
c. For total roof dead loads over 15 psf, increase gravity loads by the following AT ROOF
amount:
(Roof Span + 2 ft) HOLLOW
(Roof Dead Load - 15 psf) ´ MASONRY
2
d See Section 205.8.1.3 for uplift requirements. REINFORCED
e. Loads shown are actual (service) loads. For ultimate loads multiply dead LINTEL
TABLE 205(24)
SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, MINIMUM RATED LOAD CAPACITY OF 8 INCH THICK PRE-ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES SPANNING
OPENINGS OF BOTTOM STORY OF TWO-STORY BUILDINGS, SECOND AND BOTTOM STORIES OF THREE-STORY
BUILDINGS—WOOD FLOOR SYSTEMa,c,d,e,f,g
MINIMUM RATED GRAVITY LOAD FOR ASSEMBLY (plf)
DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total
FLOOR
Clear Opening (feet)
SPAN
(feet) 4 6 8 12 16 20
4b 120 60 180 170 60 230 220 60 280 320 60 380 420 60 480 520 60 580
12 160 180 340 210 180 390 260 180 440 360 180 540 460 180 640 560 180 740
16 180 240 420 230 240 470 280 240 520 380 240 620 480 240 720 580 240 820
20 200 300 500 250 300 550 300 300 600 400 300 700 500 300 800 600 300 900
24 220 360 580 270 360 630 320 360 680 420 360 780 520 360 880 620 360 980
28 240 420 660 290 420 710 340 420 760 440 420 860 540 420 960 640 420 1060
32 260 480 740 310 480 790 360 480 840 460 480 940 560 480 1040 660 480 1140
36 280 540 820 330 540 870 380 540 920 480 540 1020 580 540 1120 680 540 1220
40 300 600 900 350 600 950 400 600 1000 500 600 1100 600 600 1200 700 600 1300
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound force per square
foot = 47.88 Pa.
a For a wall supporting floors on both sides, enter table with the sum of the 2
full spans.
NOTE: Tabular values are for 1/2 the load of the full span shown. REINFORCED
b. Use 4 ft building width for assemblies in nonfloor-bearing walls (normally BOND BEAM
AT SECOND
endwalls and interior masonry walls and shearwalls). FLOOR
f. Loads shown are actual (service) loads. For ultimate loads multiply dead
loads (DL) by 1.2 and live loads (LL) by 1.6 and sum.
g. Design load assumptions
Floor dead load is 10 psf
Floor live load is 30 psf
Supported masonry wall dead load is 50 psf
TABLE 205(25)
SUPERIMPOSED LOADS, MINIMUM RATED LOAD CAPACITY OF NOMINAL 8 INCH THICK PRE-ENGINEERED ASSEMBLIES
SPANNING OPENINGS OF BOTTOM STORY OF TWO-STORY BUILDINGS, SECOND AND BOTTOM STORIES OF THREE-STORY
BUILDINGS—HOLLOW CORE FLOOR SYSTEMa,c,d,e,f,g
MINIMUM RATED GRAVITY LOAD FOR ASSEMBLY (plf)
DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total DL LL Total
FLOOR
Clear Opening (feet)
SPAN
(feet) 4 6 8 12 16 20
4b 200 60 260 250 60 310 300 60 360 400 60 460 500 60 560 600 60 660
12 400 180 580 450 180 630 500 180 680 600 180 780 700 180 880 800 180 980
16 500 240 740 550 240 790 600 240 840 700 240 940 800 240 1040 900 240 1140
20 600 300 900 650 300 950 700 300 1000 800 300 1100 900 300 1200 1000 300 1300
24 700 360 1060 750 360 1110 800 360 1160 900 360 1260 1000 360 1360 1100 360 1460
28 800 420 1220 850 420 1270 900 420 1320 1000 420 1420 1100 420 1520 1200 420 1620
32 900 480 1380 950 480 1430 1000 480 1480 1100 480 1580 1200 480 1680 1300 480 1780
36 1000 540 1540 1050 540 1590 1100 540 1640 1200 540 1740 1300 540 1840 1400 540 1940
40 1100 600 1700 1150 600 1750 1200 600 1800 1300 600 1900 1400 600 2000 1500 600 2100
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound force per square
foot = 47.88 Pa.
a. For a wall supporting floors on both sides, enter table with the sum of the 2
full spans.
NOTE: Tabular values are for 1/2 the load of the full span shown. REINFORCED
BOND BEAM
b. Use 4 ft building width for assemblies in nonfloor-bearing walls (normally AT SECOND
FLOOR
endwalls and interior masonry walls and shearwalls).
c. The values in this table may be interpolated.
HOLLOW
d. These loads take into account the dead load of any masonry in the wall MASONRY
above the assembly and live and dead loads of the roof and floor supported.
Dead load of the assembly is not included in the table and if not included in
the pre-engineered concrete design must be added to the loads in the table. REINFORCED
LINTEL
e. This table is applicable for all roof dead loads.
f. Loads shown are actual (service) loads. For ultimate loads multiply dead
loads (DL) by 1.2 and live loads (LL) by 1.6 and sum.
g. Design load assumptions
Floor dead load is 50 psf
Floor live load is 30 psf
Supported masonry wall dead load is 50 psf
TABLE 205(26)
COMBINED BOND BEAM/LINTELS, ONE STORY AND TOP STORY OF MULTI-STORY BUILDINGSa,b,d,e,f,g
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPAN (ft - in.)
e. Loads shown are actual (service) loads. For ultimate loads multiply dead loads (DL) by 1.2
and live loads (LL) by 1.6 and sum.
f. Design load assumptions:
Roof deal load is 15 psf
Roof live load is 20 psf
Attic live load is 20 psf
Lintel/bond beam is 135 pcf.
g. For roof dead loads mor than 15 psf:
a. For 20 psf roofdead load, multiply allowable clear spans by 0.90.
b. For 30 psf roof dead load, multiply allowable clear spans by 0.80.
c. Values for other roof dead loads may be interpolated.
8 INCH MASONRY UNITS
TABLE 205(27)
COMBINED BOND BEAM/LINTELS, BOTTOM STORY AND TOP STORY BUILDINGS, SECOND
AND BOTTOM STORIES OF THREE-STORY BUILDINGS—WOOD FLOOR SYSTEMa,b,c,d,e,f,g
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPAN (ft - in.)
TABLE 205(28)
COMBINED BOND BEAM/LINTELS, BOTTOM STORY AND TOP STORY BUILDINGS, SECOND
AND BOTTOM STORIES OF THREE-STORY BUILDINGS—HOLLOWCORE FLOOR SYSTEMa,b,d,e,f,g
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPAN (ft - in.)
SHEATHING
BLOCKING @ 48 INCHES
O.C. MAX IN FIRST TWO
FRAMING SPACES AT
EACH END
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE 207(1)
ROOF SHEATHING LAYOUT AND ENDWALL BRACING
4. 0.280 inch (7 mm) full round head diameter 3. Where Group II species framing lumber is
5. 2 inch (51 mm) nail length used, spacing of ring-shank fasteners shall be
permitted at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c. at inter-
Exceptions: [See Figure 207(2) for nailing zones] mediate framing in nailing zones 1 for any
1. Where Group III species framing lumber is design wind speed and in nailing zone 2 for 120
used, spacing of ring-shank fasteners shall be 4 mph (54 mm) or lower design wind speeds.
inches (102 mm) o.c. in nailing zone 3 for 130 4. Where Group II species framing lumber is
mph (58 m/s) or greater design wind speeds. used, 8d common or 8d hot dipped galva-
2. Where Group III species framing lumber is nized box nails at 6 inches (152 mm) o.c. at
used, spacing of ring-shank fasteners shall edges and 6 inches o.c. at intermediate fram-
be permitted at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c. at ing shall be permitted for 100 mph (45 m/s)
intermediate framing in nailing zone 1 for or lower design wind speeds.
any design wind speed and in nailing zone 2 5. Where diaphragm requirements necessitate
for 110 mph (49 m/s) or lower design wind a closer nail spacing.
speeds.
5 FT 5 FT
ROOF EDGE
4 FT
2 2
3 1 1 3
4 FT 4 FT
2 RIDGE 2
2 2
2 ROOF
EY
RIDGE
3 1 4 FT 1 3 EDGE
ALL 1 1
V
5 FT
4 FT
2 3 3 2
TABLE 207(1)
TOTAL SHEAR AT TOP OF TOP STORY WALL (F1)1, 2 LB
ROOF ANGLE UP TO 45 DEGREES ROOF ANGLE UP TO 30 DEGREES
BUILDING WIDTH (feet) BUILDING WIDTH (feet)
WIND SPEED VELOCITY
EXPOSURE (mph) PRESSURE (psf) 24 32 40 24 32 40
TABLE 207(2)
TRANSVERSE CONNECTOR LOAD (F2)1,2, (plf)
WIND SPEED VELOCITY ROOF ANGLE < 23 DEGREES ROOF ANGLE
EXPOSURE (mph) PRESSURE (psf) Edge Zone Interior Zone ³ 23 DEGREES
100 15.2 394 319 289
110 18.4 477 386 349
120 22.0 568 460 416
B
130 25.8 667 539 488
140 29.9 773 626 566
150 34.3 887 718 650
100 21.4 553 448 405
110 25.9 669 541 490
120 30.8 796 644 583
C
130 36.1 935 756 684
140 41.9 1084 877 793
150 48.1 1244 1007 911
1. Loads are based on 10 foot wall height. Multiply by 0.8 for 8 foot wall heights.
2. To determine individual connector load perpendicular to the wall (Load F2), multiply the table value by the connector spacing in feet.
207.4 Bracing gable endwalls. 1.2. Washers - A 36, 2-inch (51 mm) diameter with
9 1
/16-inch (14 mm) centered hole, /8 inch (3 mm)
207.4.1 When a gable endwall extends from the uppermost thick; or 2 inches ´ 2 inches ´ 1/8 inch thick
floor to the underside of the roof and is not supported by a ceil- square washer with 9/16 inch centered hole.
ing diaphragm, endwall roof bracing shall be provided perpen-
dicular to the rafters or trusses in the first two rafter or truss 1.3. Nuts - Steel nuts shall be supplied to fit the
spaces at each end and shall be spaced at 4 feet (1220 mm) bolt by the bolt manufacturer.
maximum on center, as shown in Figure 207(1). Bracing 1.4. Top plate shall be one of the following:
members shall be the full depth of rafters or truss top chords.
1.4.1. 2 ´ 4 with an Fb value of 2150 (South-
207.5 Roof diaphragm. ern Pine #2 or better).
207.5.1 Roof sheathing and fasteners shall be capable of 1.4.2. 2 ´ 6 with an Fb value of 1216 psi
resisting the total shear loads specified in Tables 207(1) and (8384 kPa) (S-P-F #3 or better).
207(2) for the applicable building width. Shear capacities 1.4.3. 2 ´ 8 with an Fb value of 870 psi (5998
for roof diaphragms shall be based on the spacing of the roof kPa) (S-P-F #3 or better).
framing members, sheathing material, sheathing thickness,
nail size and nail spacing as specified in Tables 2306.3.1 NOTE: See Table 305(1) for Fb values of wood.
and 2306.3.2 of the International Building Code. Nailing 2. Anchor bolts shall be spaced as follows:
pattern shall not be less than required by Section 207.3.3. 100 mph (45 m/s) – 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. maxi-
207.5.2 Where blocking of roof diaphragms is not required, mum
continuous ridge vents shall be permitted. 120 mph (54 m/s) – 21 inches (533 mm) o.c. maxi-
207.6 Connections for wood roof systems. mum
140 mph (63 m/s) -16 inches (406 mm) o.c. maxi-
207.6.1 Sidewall - truss/rafter direct to bond beam. Each mum
truss/rafter shall be anchored at each end with rated connec-
tors capable of resisting the uplift and horizontal loads spec- 3. The maximum bolt hole diameter in the top plate shall
ified [Refer to Figure 207(3)]. be 9/16 inch (14 mm).
1. The connector shall be installed in accordance with 4. Where splices are necessary in the plate, a bolt shall
the manufacturer’s instructions. be placed a maximum of 6 inches (152 mm) from each
side of the splice.
2. The uplift design loads at each truss/rafter bearing shall
be not less than specified in Table 207(3). In addition to 5. A bolt shall be placed a maximum of 12 inches (305
uplift loads, connections shall be capable of resisting mm) from each end of a plate.
lateral loads parallel to the wall equal to the amount 6. The truss/rafter shall be fastened to the top plate with
determined in Table 207(1). Loads perpendicular to rated connectors capable of resisting the loads speci-
the wall shall be as determined in Table 207(2). fied above in Section 207.6.1(2). Installation shall be
in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
207.6.2 Sidewall: bolted top plate alternate. See Figure
207(4). 7. Where more nailing area is required for uplift connec-
tors than is available on the 11/2 inch (38 mm) face of a
1. Materials shall comply with the following: single top plate, connectors shall be prenailed to the
1.1. Anchor bolts - Nominal 1/2 inch (13 mm) di- bottom (concealed) face of the plate or a double top
ameter ASTM A 307 or ASTM F 1554. plate shall be used.
TABLE 207(3)
ROOF BEARING UPLIFT AT TOP OF WALL IN EXPOSURE B (plfa,b,d)
ROOF SPAN (feet)
ROOF WIND SPEED OVER
ANGLE (mph) 12 20 24 28 32 36 40 HANGSc
85 -39.50 -65.83 -79.00 -92.16 -105.33 -118.49 -131.66 -19.3
90 -48.64 -81.07 -97.28 -113.50 -129.71 -145.92 -162.14 -21.6
End zone load for all
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per lineal foot = 14.594 N/m, 1 pound force = 4.448 N.
a. The uplift loads are pounds per lineal foot of building length. For roof uplift connections, multiply by 1.33 for framing spaced 16 inches on center and multiply by
2 for framing spaced 24 inches on center.
b. The uplift loads include an allowance for 10 pounds of dead load.
c. The uplift loads do not account for the effects of overhangs. The magnitude of the above loads shall be increased by adding the overhang loads found in the table.
The overhang loads are also based on framing spaced 12 inches on center. The overhang loads given shall be multiplied by the overhang projection and added to
the roof uplift value in the table.
d. Negative values indicate uplift.
F3
UPLIFT
CONNECOTR (TYP.)
F2
F1
MOISTURE
BARRIER (TYP.)
BOND
BEAM
EMBEDDED
TRUSS ANCHOR
NOTES:
a. F1, F2 and F3 are forces that must be accommodated in the design of the roof/wall connection.
b. Connectors shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations.
c. The lift connector shown is embedded in bond beam.
d. The last two connectors shown are attached to bond beam with concrete/masonry screws.
FIGURE 207(3)
ROOF TO MASONRY SIDEWALL CONNECTION DIRECT TO BOND BEAM
F3
UPLIFT
CONNECTOR
(TYP.) F2
F1
OVERSIZED WASHER
PER DESIGN, TYP.
BOND
BEAM
CONNECOTR MAY BE
BENT AND PRENAILED
ON BOTTOM SIDE IF
ADDITIONAL NAILING
AREA IS REQUIRED
PRESSURE TREATED
SOUTHERN PINE #2 OR
BETTER TOP PLATE,
AS REQUIRED
(2 × 4 MIN.)
1/2 IN. ANCHOR
BOLT AT 18 TO 24 IN.
O.C., OR AS REQUIRED
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NOTE: F1, F2 and F3 are forces that must be accommodated in the design of the roof/wall connection.
FIGURE 207(4)
ROOF TO MASONRY SIDEWALL CONNECTION BOLTED TOP PLATE ALTERNATE
207.6.3 Continuous gable endwalls. A 2´ wood nailer shall wall and lateral loads perpendicular to the wall are the same
be bolted to the rake beam at the top of the endwall with 1/2 as in Section 207.6.1(2).
inch (13 mm) standard anchor bolts spaced per Table 205(12) 207.6.7 Interior shearwall to roof connection. Connec-
[See Figure 205(4)]. Roof sheathing shall be fastened to the tions shall be similar to those for endwalls (Refer to Figure
nailer in the same manner as to other roof framing. 207(5) for connection of interior shearwall to roof system).
207.6.4 Gable truss endwalls. The roof system shall be fas-
tened to the endwall bond beam to resist shear loads from
the roof diaphragm. Gable truss endwalls are permitted only SECTION 208
when a diaphragm is provided to resist lateral wind pres- OPEN STRUCTURES
sures on the endwall. Open structures shall be as provided for in Section 308 with the
1. Direct Truss to Concrete or Masonry Connections: following permitted variations:
Anchor each gable end truss with rated connectors 208.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls shall be in accordance
capable of resisting shear (in pounds) equal to the with applicable sections of Chapter 2. The connection between
required diaphragm capacity at endwalls as deter- the porch roof and the wall shall be in accordance with Section
mined in Table 205(16). 308 or may be attached directly to a bond beam as provided for
2. Top Plate Alternate: A minimum 2´ wood plate shall be in Section 207.6. When a single connector is used for connect-
bolted to the bond beam, 4 feet on center with 1/2 inch (13 ing the porch roof and the main structure, the connector shall be
mm) anchor bolts or equal as determined in Tables rated for the sum of the component loads.
205(12) and Table 205(16). The plate shall be posi- 208.2 Posts. Use of solid grouted masonry posts with a mini-
tioned on the beam so that it bears against the inside face mum cross-sectional dimension of 8 inches by 8 inches (203 by
of the bottom chord of the gable truss. Nail the bottom 203 mm) with a minimum of 1 No. 4 in the center of the cell
chord to the plate with 16d common or hot-dipped gal- minimum continuous with 1 No. 4 dowel into the foundation
vanized box nails 8 inches (203 mm) on center. shall be permitted in lieu of wood posts. An embedded anchor
207.6.5 Wood-framed gable endwalls. See Chapter 4, with a rated capacity for a Type 2A or 2B connection as appro-
Combined Concrete or Masonry and Wood Exterior Wall priate in Table 308 shall be provided at the top of the post when
Construction. using a wood beam in accordance with Section 308.
207.6.6 Hip roof trusses at endwalls. Connect trusses to 208.3 Beams. Masonry beams meeting the requirements of
endwalls using same methods as for sidewalls (See Sections Section 205.8 shall be permitted when using masonry posts.
207.6.1 and 207.6.2). Connections for hip trusses to wall Masonry beams shall be connected to the masonry post with 1
shall resist the uplift loads shown in Table 207(3) as modi- No. 4 standard hook minimum extending into the beam. Roof
fied by Table 207(4). This method is for a step down hip sys- members shall be connected to the masonry beam with anchors
tem only [see Figure 207(6)]. Truss-to-truss connections rated for the minimum capacity indicated for a Type 1 Connec-
shall be part of the truss design. Lateral loads parallel to the tion in Table 308.
ROOF NAILING PER
ROOF SHEATHING SECTION 208.3
NAILING PER
SECTION 208.3 SHEATHING
4 IN.
MIN.
TOP CHORD
2× NAILER
BOLTED
6 FT O.C. CAST-IN-PLACE WOOD STRUCTURAL
CONCRETE RAKE PANELS BOTH SIDES
BEAM WITH 1 #5 BAR
DOUBLE
GABLE
TRUSS
BOTTOM CHORD
OF TRUSS
NOTE:
TRUSS ANCHOR
ASSEMBLY OR
OTHER CONNECTOR
TABLE 207(4)
WIND UPLIFT LOADS FOR HIP ROOF STEP DOWN SYSTEMa,b,c
Top plate to truss connection loads (lb)
FOR 7-FT FOR 11-FT
ENDJACK SYSTEM ENJACK SYSTEM
FROM TABLE 207(3)
HIP TRUSS MEMBER FIND THE UPLIFT LOAD FOR: MULTIPLY UPLIFT LOAD BY:
Endjacks 24¢ Building Width 0.68 0.68
Cornerjacks 24¢ Building Width 0.75 0.85
24¢ Building Width
Hipjack 1 1.1
with Trusses @ 24² o.c.
Actual Building Width with
#1 Hip Truss 1.8 2
Trusses @ 24² o.c.
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound force = 4.448 N, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa.
a. Individual connector ratings shall not be less than 100 lb for uplift.
b. Roof and ceiling dead loads shall be actual loads provided, not counting the roof covering. In the absence of more accurate data, the following roof and ceiling
dead loads shall be used: 7 psf for truss assembly (roof sheathing, trusses, gypsum ceiling); 7 psf for rafter assembly (roof sheathing, rafters, gypsum ceiling); 10
psf for rafter/ceiling assembly (roof sheathing, rafters and ceiling joists).
Exception: Where roof tile is installed in accordance with ICC/SBCCI SSTD-11, inclusion of the actual weight of the tile in the total roof and ceiling dead load
shall be permitted .
c. The following adjustments shall be permitted (uplift shall not be less than 100 lb per connector after adjustment):
1. Reduction of the required uplift capacity by 30% (multiply by 0.70) shall be permitted for connections at least W/5 from corners but not less than 6 feet.
2. The values in the tables assume a maximum eave height of 30 feet. When the eave height is 12 feet or less, reduction of the values by 20% (multiply by 0.80)
shall be permitted.
3. Application of footnote C2 simultaneously with footnote C1 shall be permitted.
RIDGE LINE
COMMON
TRUSSES
STEP DOWN
HIP TRUSSES
COMMON
FRAMING
HIP JACK END JACKS
FIGURE 207(6)
HIP ROOF FRAMING USING TRUSSES
TABLE 209(1)
DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WALLSa,b
MINIMUM WIDTH MINIMUM THICKNESS MAXIMUM SPACING MAXIMUM SPACING MINIMUM WEB
WALL TYPE MAXIMUM WALL OF VERTICAL CORES OF VERTICAL CORES OF VERTICAL CORES OF HORIZONTAL CORES THICKNESS
c
AND THICKNESS WEIGHT (psf) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches)
3.5² flatd 44 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
5.5² flatd 69 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
7.5² flatd 94 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
9.5² flatd 119 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
6² waffle-gride 56 6.25 5 12 16 2
8² waffle-gride 76 7 7 12 16 2
6² screen-gride 53 5.5 5.5 12 12 N/A
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kg/m 3.
a. Width “W,” thickness “T,” spacing and web thickness, refer to Figures 209.2 and 209.3.
b. N/A indicates not applicable
c. Wall weight is based on a unit weight of concrete of 150 pcf. The tabulated values do not include any allowance for interior and exterior finishes.
d. Actual wall thickness.
e. Nominal wall thickness.
FIGURE 209(1)
FLAT WALL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
209.2.2 Compressive strength. The minimum specified strength to contain concrete during the concrete placement
compressive strength of concrete, fc¢, shall be 2,500 psi operation.
(17.2 MPa) at 28 days.
The flame-spread index of stay-in-place forms made with
209.2.3 Steel reinforcement and anchor bolts. foam plastic shall not exceed 75 and the smoke-developed
index shall not exceed 450, where tested in accordance with
209.2.3.1 Steel reinforcement. Reinforcement shall ASTM E 84. The flame-spread index of stay-in-place forms
comply with ASTM A 615, ASTM A 996, or ASTM A made with other materials shall comply with the applicable
706. ASTM A 996 bars produced from rail steel shall be building code, and if there is no code, the flame spread index
Type R. shall not exceed 200 and the smoke-developed index shall
209.2.3.2 Anchor bolts. Anchor bolts shall comply with not exceed 450, where tested in accordance with ASTM E
ASTM A 307 or ASTM F 1554. ASTM A 307 headed 84.
bolts shall be Grade A, and ASTM A 307 bolts with Form ties shall be steel, solid plastic, foam plastic, a com-
hooks shall be Grade C. ASTM F 1554 bolts shall be posite of cement and wood chips, a composite of cement
Grade 36 minimum. Where this standard permits anchor and foam plastic, or other suitable material capable of resist-
bolts with J- or L-hooks to resist tensile loads, the dis- ing the forces created by the fluid pressure of fresh concrete.
tance from the inner surface of the shaft of the bolt to the
outer tip of the hook shall be not less than three times the 209.3 Reinforcement installation details.
diameter of the shaft.
209.3.1 Support and cover. Reinforcement shall be
209.2.4 Form materials and form ties. Forms shall be secured in the proper location in the forms with tie wire or
made of wood, steel, aluminum, plastic, a composite of other bar support system such that displacement will not
cement and foam insulation, a composite of cement and occur during the concrete placement operation. Steel rein-
wood chips, or other approved material suitable for support- forcement in concrete cast against the earth shall have a
ing and containing concrete. Forms shall have sufficient minimum cover of 3 inches (76 mm). Minimum cover for
reinforcement in concrete cast in removable forms that will 209.4.2 Exterior covering. Stay-in-place forms con-
be exposed to the earth or weather shall be 11/2 inches (38 structed of rigid foam plastics shall be protected from
mm) for No. 5 bars and smaller, and 2 inches (50 mm) for sunlight and physical damage by the application of an
No. 6 bars and larger. For concrete cast in removable forms approved exterior wall covering complying with the
that will not be exposed to the earth or weather, and for con- requirements of the applicable building code. Exterior
crete cast in stay-in-place forms, minimum cover shall be 3/4 surfaces of other stay-in-place forming systems shall be
inch (19 mm). The minus tolerance for cover shall not protected in accordance with the applicable building
exceed the smaller of one-third the required cover or 3/8 inch code.
(10 mm).
209.5 Above-grade wall requirements.
209.3.2 Lap splices. Vertical and horizontal wall reinforce-
209.5.1 General. Above-grade concrete walls shall be con-
ment required by Sections 209.5.2 and 209.5.3 shall be the
structed in accordance with this section and Figure 209(6).
longest lengths practical. Where splices are necessary in
Concrete walls shall be supported on continuous foundation
reinforcement, the length of lap splice shall be in accor-
walls or slabs-on-grade that are monolithic with the footing
dance with Figure 209(4). and a minimum of 40db, where
in accordance with Section 203. The minimum length of
db is the diameter of the smallest bar. The maximum gap
solid wall without openings shall be in accordance with Sec-
between noncontact parallel bars at a lap splice shall not
tion 209.6. Reinforcement around openings, including lin-
exceed the smaller of one-fifth the required lap length or 6
tels, shall be in accordance with Section 209.7 Lateral
inches (150 mm).
support for above-grade walls shall be provided by the roof
209.3.3 Standard hooks. Where reinforcement is required system and floor framing system, if applicable, in accor-
by this standard to terminate with a standard hook, the hook dance with Section 209.8. The wall thickness shall be equal
shall comply with Figure 209.5 to or greater than the thickness of the wall in the story above.
209.3.4 Webs of waffle-grid walls. Reinforcement, includ- 209.5.2 Wall reinforcement. Design wind pressures of
ing stirrups, shall not be placed in webs of waffle-grid walls, Table 209(2) shall be used to determine the vertical wall
including lintels. Webs are permitted to have form ties. reinforcement requirements in Tables 209(3), 209(4) and
209(5). There shall be a vertical bar at all corners of exterior
209.4 Covering for stay-in-place forms. walls. The minimum horizontal reinforcement shall be four
No. 4 bars (Grade 40) placed as follows: top bar within 12
209.4.1 Interior covering. Stay-in-place forms con-
inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall, bottom bar within 12
structed of rigid foam plastic shall be protected on the
inches (305 mm) of the finish floor, and one bar each at
interior of the building as required by the applicable
approximately one-third and two-thirds of the wall height.
building code. In the absence of a code, rigid foam plas-
tic that remains in place on the interior of the building, 209.5.3 Continuity of wall reinforcement between
including attic and crawl spaces, shall be covered with a stories. Vertical reinforcement shall be continuous from the
minimum of 1/2-inch (13-mm) gypsum board or an bottom of the foundation wall to the roof. Lap splices, where
approved finish material that provides a thermal barrier required, shall comply with 209.3.2 and Figure 209.4.
to limit the average temperature rise of the unexposed Where splices are needed to provide the required continuity,
surface to no more than 250°F (121°C) after 15 minutes dowel bars with a size and spacing to match the vertical
of fire exposure in accordance with ASTM E 119. The above-grade concrete wall reinforcement shall be embed-
gypsum board shall be installed with a mechanical fas- ded in the foundation wall and lap-spliced with the above
tening system. Use of adhesives in addition to mechani- grade wall reinforcement in accordance with Section
cal fasteners is permitted. 209.3.2 and Figure 209(4).
FIGURE 209(4)
LAP SPLICE REQUIREMENTS
209.5.4 Termination of reinforcement. Where the design Exception: In lieu of bending horizontal reinforcement
wind pressure exceeds 40 psf (1.92 kPa) in accordance with at corners, separate bent reinforcing bars shall be permit-
Table 209(2) vertical wall reinforcement in the top-most ted provided that the bent bar is lap-spliced with the hori-
story with concrete walls shall terminate with a 90-degree zontal reinforcement in both walls in accordance with
(1.57 rad) standard hook in accordance with Section 209.3.3 Section 209.3.2 and Figure 209(4).
and Figure 209(5). The free end of the hook shall be within 4 209.5.5 Location of reinforcement in wall. Vertical and
inches (102 mm) of the top of the ICF wall and shall be ori- horizontal wall reinforcement shall be placed within the
ented parallel to the horizontal steel in the top of the wall. middle third of the wall. Horizontal and vertical reinforce-
For all buildings, horizontal reinforcement shall be con- ment shall be located to provide not less than the minimum
tinuous around the building corners by bending one of the cover required by Section 209.3.1.
bars and lap-splicing it with the bar in the other wall in 209.6 Minimum length of wall without openings. The wind
accordance with Section 209.3.2 and Figure 209(4). velocity pressures of Table 209(6) shall be used to determine
the minimum amount of solid wall length in accordance with
WALL AND FOUNDATION REINFORCING Tables 209(7) through 209(10) and Figure 209(7).
The minimum percentage of solid wall length shall include
90° HOOK only those solid wall segments that are a minimum of 24 inches
(610 mm) in length. The maximum distance between wall seg-
db ments included in determining solid wall length shall not
EXTENSION
6 db BEND
DIAMETER each wall story, shall occur at all interior and exterior corners of
exterior walls.
209.7 Wall openings.
209.7.1 Minimum reinforcement. Wall openings shall have a
180° HOOK
minimum of 8 inches (203 mm) of depth of concrete for flat and
waffle-grid ICF walls and 12 inches (305 mm) for screen-grid
db walls over the length of the opening. When the depth of concrete
6 db BEND above the opening is less than 12 inches for flat or waffle-grid
DIAMETER walls, or the width of the opening is greater than or equal to 2
90° HOOK
db
EXTENSION
6 db
4 db BEND
DIAMETER
135° HOOK
db
4 db BEND
DIAMETER
N
IO
ENS
XT
6 d bE For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of waffle- or screen-grid
For SI: 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 inch = 25.4 mm. walls.
FIGURE 209(5) FIGURE 209(6)
STANDARD HOOKS CONCRETE WALL CONSTRUCTION
feet (610 mm), lintels in accordance with Section 209.7.2 shall lintel (D) minus the bottom cover of concrete as
be provided. Reinforcement around openings shall be provided shown in Figure 209(9). Stirrups shall not be
in accordance with Table 209(11) and Figure 209(8). Rein- required in the middle portion of the span (A) per
forcement placed horizontally above or below an opening Figure 209(8), for flat walls for a length not to
shall extend a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) beyond the exceed the values shown in parenthesis in Tables
limits of the opening. Wall opening reinforcement shall be 209(12) and 209(13) or for spans in accordance
provided in addition to the reinforcement required by Sec- with Table 209(18).
tion 209.5.2. The perimeter of all wall openings shall be
2. For waffle-grid walls a minimum of two No. 3 stir-
framed with a minimum 2-inch by 4-inch (51 by 102 mm)
rups shall be placed in each vertical core of waf-
plate, anchored to the wall with 1/2-inch (13 mm) diameter
fle-grid lintels. Stirrups shall not be required in the
anchor bolts spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on cen-
middle portion of the span (A) per Figure 209(9),
ter. The bolts shall be embedded into the concrete a minimum of
for waffle-grid walls for a length not to exceed the
4 inches (102 mm) and have a minimum of 11/2 inches (38 mm)
values shown in parenthesis in Tables 209(14) and
of concrete cover to the face of the wall.
209(15) or for spans in accordance with Table
Exception: The 2 ´ 4 plate is not required where the 209(18).
wall is formed to provide solid concrete around the per- 3. For screen-grid walls one No. 3 stirrup shall be
imeter of the opening with a minimum depth of 4 inches placed in each vertical core of screen-grid lintels.
(102 mm) for the full thickness of the wall.
Exception: Stirrups are not required in
209.7.2 Lintels. screen-grid lintels meeting the following
209.7.2.1 General requirements. Lintels shall be provided requirements:
over all openings greater than or equal to 2 feet (1.2 m) in 1. Lintel Depth (D) = 12 inches (305 mm)
width. Lintels for flat ICF walls shall be constructed in accor- spans less than or equal 3 feet 7 inches
dance with Figure 209(9) and Table 209(12) or 209(13). (1092 mm).
Lintels for waffle-grid ICF walls shall be constructed in
accordance with Figure 209(10) or Figure 209(11) and Table 2. Lintel Depth (D) = 24 inches (610 mm)
209(14) or 209(15). Lintels for screen-grid ICF walls shall be spans less than or equal 4 feet 4 inches
constructed in accordance with Figure 209(12) or Figure (1320 mm).
209(13) and Table 209(16) or Table 209(17). Lintels depths 209.7.2.3 Horizontal reinforcement. One No. 4 hori-
are permitted to be increased by the height of ICF wall zontal bar shall be provided in the top of the lintel. Hori-
located directly above the lintels, provided that the lintel zontal reinforcement placed within 12 inches (305 mm)
depth spans the entire length of the opening. of the top of the wall in accordance with Section 209.5.2
shall be permitted to serve as the top or bottom reinforce-
209.7.2.2 Stirrups. Where required, No. 3 stirrups shall
ment in the lintel if the reinforcement meets the location
be installed in flat, waffle-grid and screen-grid wall lin-
requirements in Figures 209(8), 209(9), 209(10),
tels in accordance with the following:
209(11), 209(12) or 209(13), and the size requirements
1. For flat walls the stirrups shall be spaced at a maxi- in Table 209(12), 209(13), 209(14), 209(15), 209(16) or
mum spacing of d/2 where d equals the depth of the 209(17).
TABLE 209(2)
DESIGN WIND PRESSURE FOR USE WITH MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT TABLE FOR ABOVE-GRADE WALLSa (psf)
ENCLOSED
Exposureb
BASIC WIND SPEED
(mph) B C D
85 18 24 29
90 20 27 32
100 24 34 39
110 29 41 48
120 35 48 57
130 41 56 66
140 47 65 77
150 54 75 88c
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2.
a. This table is based on ASCE 7 components and cladding wind pressures using a mean roof height of 35 ft, a tributary area of 10 ft2, and directional factor Kd, and
topographic factor, Kzt, equal to 1.0.
b. Exposure Categories are as defined in Section 104.4.
c. For wind pressures greater than 80 psf, design is required in accordance with the applicable building code, or where there is no code in accordance with ACI 318.
Value provided for interpolation purposes only.
TABLE 209(3)
MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR 3.5, 5.5, 7.5f AND 9.5f-INCH FLAT CONCRETE ABOVE-GRADE WALLSa,b,c
MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENTd,e
Wall Supporting
MAXIMUM Light-framed second story
DESIGN WIND UNSUPPORTED Roof for nonloadbearing wall wall and roof Concrete second story wall and roof
PRESSURE WALL HEIGHT
[Table 209(2)] PER STORY MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS (inches)
(psf) (feet) 3.5 5.5 3.5f 5.5 3.5 5.5
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
20 9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
10 #4 @ 38 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 40 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 42 #4 @ 48
8 #4 @ 42 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 46 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#4 @ 32; #4 @ 34; #4 @ 34;
9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
30 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 48
Design Design Design
10 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
required required required
#4 @ 30; #4 @ 30; #4 @ 32;
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 48 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 48
Design Design Design
40 9 #4 @ 42 #4 @ 46 #4 @ 48
required required required
Design #4 @ 32; Design #4 @ 34; Design
10 #4 @ 38
required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48 required
#4 @ 20; #4 @ 22; #4 @ 24;
8 #4 @ 42 #4 @ 46 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 30 #5 @ 34 #5 @ 36
Design #4 @ 34; Design #4 @ 34; Design
50 9 #4 @ 38
required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48 required
Design #4 @ 26; Design #4 @ 26; Design #4 @ 28;
10
required #5 @ 38 required #8 @ 38 required #5 @ 46
Design #4 @ 34; Design Design
8 #4 @ 36 #4 @ 40
required #5 @ 48 required required
Design #4 @ 26; Design #4 @ 28; Design #4 @ 34;
60 9
required #5 @ 38 required #5 @ 46 required #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 22; Design #4 @ 22; Design #4 @ 26;
10
required #5 @ 34 required #5 @ 34 required #5 @ 38
Design #4 @ 28; Design #4 @ 30; Design #4 @ 34;
8
required #5 @ 46 required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 22; Design #4 @ 22; Design #4 @ 24;
70 9
required #5 @ 34 required #5 @ 34 required #5 @ 36
Design #4 @ 16; Design #4 @ 18; Design #4 @ 20;
10
required #5 @ 26 required #5 @ 28 required #5 @ 30
Design #4 @ 26; Design #4 @ 26; Design #4 @ 28;
8
required #5 @ 38 required #5 @ 38 required #5 @ 46
Design #4 @ 20; Design #4 @ 20; Design #4 @ 21;
80 9
required #5 @ 30 required #5 @ 30 required #5 @ 34
Design #4 @ 14; Design #4 @ 14; Design #4 @ 16;
10
required #5 @ 24 required #5 @ 24 required #5 @ 26
For SI: 1 foot = 0.304.8 m; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.
a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi. See
Section 209.5.5 for location of reinforcement.
b. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the unsupported height of the wall in inches.
c. Interpolation shall not be permitted.
d. Multiplication of reinforcement spacing for 3.5-inch walls by 1.6 shall be permitted when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used.
Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center.
e. Multiplication of reinforcement spacing for 5.5-inch walls by 1.5 shall be permitted when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used.
Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center.
f. For 7.5- and 9.5-inch walls, install one #4 bar at 48 inches on center.
TABLE 209(4)
MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR WAFFLE-GRID ABOVE-GRADE WALLSa,b,c
MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENTd
Wall Supporting
MAXIMUM Light-framed second story
DESIGN WIND UNSUPPORTED Roof for non-load bearing wall wall and roof Concrete second story wall and roof
PRESSURE WALL HEIGHT
[Table 209(2)] PER STORY NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS (inches)
(psf) (feet) 6 8 6 8 6 8
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
20 9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
10 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
30
#4 @ 36; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 36;
10 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 48 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 48
#4 @ 36;
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 48
#4 @ 36; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 36;
40 9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 48 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 48
#4 @ 24; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 24; #4 @ 24;
10 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 36 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 36 #5 @ 36
#4 @ 36; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 36;
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 48 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 48
#4 @ 24; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 24; #4 @ 24;
50 9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 36 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 36 #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 36; Design #4 @ 36; Design #4 @ 36;
10
required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48
#4 @ 24; #4 @ 24; #4 @ 24;
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 36 #5 @ 36 #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 36; Design #4 @ 36; Design #4 @ 36;
60 9
required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24;
10
required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 48
#4 @ 24; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 24; #4 @ 36; #4 @ 24;
8 #4 @ 48
#5 @ 36 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 36 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 36
Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24;
70 9
required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 48 required #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 12; Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24;
10
required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 36
#4 @ 12; #4 @ 24; #4 @ 12; #4 @ 24; #4 @ 12; #4 @ 24;
8
#5 @ 24 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 24 #5 @ 48 #5 @ 24 #5 @ 48
Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24; Design #4 @ 24;
80 9
required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 36 required #5 @ 36
Design #4 @ 12; Design #4 @ 12; Design #4 @ 12;
10
required #5 @ 24 required #5 @ 24 required #5 @ 24
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound force per square foot = 47.88 Pa, 1 pound force per square inch = 6.895 kPa.
a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi. See
Section 4.1.7 for location of reinforcement.
b. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the unsupported height of the wall in inches.
c. Interpolation not permitted.
d. Increasing reinforcement spacing by 12 inches shall be permitted where reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used or substitution of #4
reinforcing bars for #5 bars shall be permitted where reinforcing steel with a minimum yield stength of 60,000 psi is used with the same spacing. Reinforcement
shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center.
TABLE 209(5)
MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR SCREEN-GRID ABOVE-GRADE WALLSa,b,c
MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENTd
Wall Supporting
Roof for non-load bearing Light-framed second Concrete second story
DESIGN WIND MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTED wall story wall and roof wall and roof
PRESSURE WALL HEIGHT
[Table 209(2)] PER STORY NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS (inches)
(psf) (feet) 6 6 6
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
20 9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
10 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
30 9 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
10 #4 @ 36; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
8 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48 #4 @ 48
40 9 #4 @ 36; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 36; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 48
10 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48
8 #4 @ 36; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 36; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 48
50 9 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48
10 Design required Design required Design required
8 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 48 #4 @ 36; #5 @ 48
60 9 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36
10 Design required Design required Design required
8 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36
70 9 Design required Design required Design required
10 Design required Design required Design required
8 #4 @ 12; #5 @ 36 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36 #4 @ 24; #5 @ 36
80 9 Design required Design required Design required
10 Design required Design required Design required
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound force per square foot = 47.88 Pa.
a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi. See
Section 209.5.5 for location of reinforcement.
b. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the unsupported height of the wall in inches.
c. Interpolation shall not be permitted.
e. Increasing reinforcement spacing by 12 inches shall be permitted where reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used. Reinforcement
shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center.
TABLE 209(6)
WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FOR DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM SOLID WALL LENGTHa
VELOCITY PRESSURE (psf)
Exposureb
BASIC WIND SPEED
(mph) B C D
85 14 19 23
90 16 21 25
100 19 26 31
110 23 32 37
120 27 38 44
130 32 44 52
140 37 51 60
150 43 59 69c
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. Table values are based on ASCE 7 for low-rise buildings using a mean roof height of 35 feet, and directional factor, kd, and topographic factor, Kzt, equal to 1.0.
b. Exposure Categories as as defined in Section 104.4.
c. Value shown for information purposes only. Design is required in accordance with applicable building code, or if no code, in accordance with ACI 318.
TABLE 209(7)
MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH FOR FLAT ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE)a,b,c
BUILDING WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE 209(6) (psf)
SIDE WALL 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60
LENGTH, L Roof
WALL CATEGORY (feet) Slope Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)d
£ 1:12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00
5:12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.50
16
7:12d 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.75 4.75 5.00 5.50
12:12d 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.25
£ 1:12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.50
5:12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.50 4.75
24
7:12d 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.25
12:12d 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.75 6.00 6.50 6.75 7.50
£ 1:12 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.75
5:12 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25
32
7:12d 4.50 5.00 5.25 5.50 6.00 6.25 6.50 7.25
One-Story or Top Story 12:12d 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.25 7.75 8.75
of Two-Story £ 1:12 4.00 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.50 4.75 5.00
5:12 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50
40
7:12d 4.75 5.25 5.75 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.25 8.00
12:12d 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.25 7.75 8.25 8.75 10.0
£ 1:12 4.00 4.25 4.25 4.50 4.75 4.75 5.00 5.50
5:12 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00
50
7:12d 5.25 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.25 7.75 8.25 9.25
12:12d 6.00 6.75 7.50 8.00 8.75 9.50 10.25 11.5
£ 1:12 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.25 5.75
5:12 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00 6.75
60
7:12d 5.50 6.25 6.75 7.50 8.00 8.50 9.25 10.25
12:12d 6.50 7.25 8.25 9.00 9.75 10.5 11.5 13.0
£ 1:12 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.25 5.75
5:12 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00 6.75
16
7:12d 4.50 5.00 5.25 5.75 6.00 6.25 6.75 7.25
12:12d 5.00 5.25 5.75 6.25 6.50 7.00 7.25 8.25
£ 1:12 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.25 5.50 5.75 6.00 6.75
5:12 4.75 5.25 5.50 6.00 6.25 6.75 7.00 7.75
24
7:12d 5.25 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.00 7.50 8.00 9.00
12:12d 5.50 6.25 6.75 7.25 8.00 8.50 9.00 10.25
£ 1:12 4.75 5.00 5.50 5.75 6.25 6.50 6.75 7.50
5:12 5.25 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.25 7.50 8.00 9.00
32
7:12d 5.75 6.50 7.00 7.75 8.25 9.00 9.50 10.75
First Story of 12:12d 6.25 7.00 7.75 8.50 9.25 10.0 10.75 12.25
Two-Story £ 1:12 5.00 5.50 5.75 6.25 6.75 7.25 7.50 8.50
5:12 5.50 6.25 6.75 7.25 8.00 8.50 9.00 10.25
40
7:12d 6.25 7.00 7.75 8.75 9.50 10.25 11.0 12.5
12:12d 7.00 8.00 8.75 9.75 10.75 11.5 12.5 14.25
£ 1:12 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 8.50 9.50
5:12 6.00 6.75 7.50 8.25 9.00 9.75 10.5 11.75
50
7:12d 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.0 10.75 11.75 12.75 14.5
12:12d 7.75 9.00 10.0 11.25 12.25 13.50 14.75 17.0
£ 1:12 5.75 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.25 8.75 9.50 10.75
5:12 6.75 7.50 8.25 9.25 10.0 10.75 11.75 13.25
60
7:12d 7.75 9.00 10.0 11.0 12.25 13.25 14.5 16.75
12:12d 8.75 10.0 11.5 12.75 14.0 15.5 16.75 19.5
(continued)
TABLE 209(8)
MINIMUM SOLID SIDEWALL LENGTH FOR FLAT ICF WALLS (WIND PARALLEL TO RIDGE)a,b,c,d
WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE 209(6) (psf)
BUILDING END WALL
WALL CATEGORY WIDTH, W (feet) 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60
First Story of 32 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50 8.00 8.75 9.75
Two-Story 40 6.25 7.00 7.50 8.25 9.00 9.75 10.5 12.0
50 7.25 8.25 9.25 10.25 11.25 12.25 13.25 15.25
60 8.50 9.75 11.0 12.25 13.5 15.0 16.25 18.75
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
a. Table values are based on a 3.5 in. thick flat wall. For a 5.5 in. thick flat wall, multiply the table values by 0.9. The adjusted values shall not result in solid wall
lengths less than 4feet.
b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 feet.
c. Table values are based on a maximum 12:12 roof pitch.
d. Linear interpolation permitted.
TABLE 209(9)
MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH FOR WAFFLE AND
SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE)a,b,c
WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE 209(6) (psf)
BUILDING SIDE 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60
WALL WALL LENGTH, L
CATEGORY (feet) ROOF SLOPE Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)d
TABLE 209(9)—continued
MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH FOR WAFFLE AND
SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE)a,b,c
WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE 209(6) (psf)
BUILDING SIDE 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60
WALL LENGTH, L
WALL CATEGORY (feet) ROOF SLOPE Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)
TABLE 209(10)
MINIMUM SOLID SIDE WALL LENGTH FOR WAFFLE AND
SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PARALLEL TO RIDGE)a,b,c,d
WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE 209(6) (psf)
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60
BUILDING END WALL
WALL CATEGORY WIDTH, W (feet) Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building Side Wall (feet)
FIGURE 209(7)
MINIMUM SOLID WALL LENGTH
TABLE 209(11)
MINIMUM WALL OPENING REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS IN ICF WALLSa
WALL TYPE AND
OPENING WIDTH (L) MINIMUM HORIZONTAL MINIMUM VERTICAL
(feet) OPENING REINFORCEMENT OPENING REINFORCEMENT
209.7.2.4 Load-bearing walls. Lintels for flat walls 209(18) and Table 209(21). Wood ledger boards sup-
supporting roof or floor loads shall comply with Table porting bearing ends of joists or trusses shall be anchored
209(12), 209(13) or 209(18). Lintels for waffle-grid ICF to flat ICF walls with minimum thickness of 3.5 inches
walls supporting roof or floor loads shall comply with (140 mm) in accordance with Figure 209(17) and Table
Table 209(14), 209(15) or 209(18). Lintels for 209(21). The ledger shall be a minimum 2 by 8, No. 2
screen-grid ICF walls supporting roof or floor loads shall Southern Yellow Pine or No. 2 Douglas Fir. Ledgers
comply with Table 209(16) or 209(17). anchored to nonload-bearing walls to support floor or
roof sheathing shall be attached with 1/2 inch (13 mm)
Where spans larger than those permitted in Table
diameter or headed anchor bolts spaced a maximum of 6
209(12), Table 209(13), Table 209(14), Table 209(15),
feet (1829 mm) on center. Anchor bolts shall be embed-
Table 209(16), Table 209(17) or Table 209(18) are
ded a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) into the concrete
required, the lintels shall comply with Table 209(19).
measured from the inside face of the insulating form. For
209.7.2.5 Nonload-bearing walls. Lintels for insulating forms with a face shell thickness of 1.5 inches
nonload-bearing flat, waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF (38 mm) or less, the hole in the form shall be a minimum
walls shall comply with Table 209(20). of 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter. For insulating forms
with a face shell thicker than 1.5 inches (38 mm), the
209.8 Anchorage to floors and roofs.
diameter of the hole in the form shall be increased by 1
209.8.1 Wall-to-floor connections. inch (25 mm) for each 1/2 inch (13 mm) of additional
209.8.1.1 Top bearing. Floors bearing on the top of ICF insulating form face shell thickness. The ledger board
foundation walls in accordance with Figure 209(14) shall be in direct contact with the concrete at each bolt
shall have the wood sill plate anchored to the ICF wall location.
with minimum 1/2-inch (13 mm) diameter bolts embed- 209.8.2 Wall to roof connection. Wood sill plates attach-
ded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a ing roof framing to ICF walls shall be anchored with mini-
maximum spacing of 4 feet (1219 mm) on center and not mum 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter anchor bolt embedded a
more than 12 inches (305 mm) from corners. Anchor minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at 6 feet (1829
bolts for waffle-grid and screen-grid walls shall be mm) on center in accordance with Figure 209(19). Anchor
located in the cores. Cold-formed steel framing systems bolts shall be located in the cores of waffle-grid and
shall be anchored to the concrete in accordance with Sec- screen-grid ICF walls. Roof assemblies subject to wind
tions 303.1.2 and 304. uplift pressure of 20 pounds per square foot (1.44 kPa) or
greater shall have rafter or truss ties in accordance with Sec-
209.8.1.2 Ledger bearing. Wood ledger boards sup-
tion 304.
porting bearing ends of joists or trusses shall be anchored
to flat ICF walls with minimum thickness of 5.5 inches 209.8.3 Floor and roof diaphragm construction. Floor
(140 mm) and to waffle- or screen-grid ICF walls with and roof diaphragms shall be constructed of wood structural
minimum nominal thickness of 6 inches (152 mm) in panel sheathing attached to wood or steel framing in accor-
accordance with Figure 209(15), 209(16), 209(17) or dance with Section 303.1.1 or Section 303.1.2.
TABLE 209(12)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPAN FOR LINTELS FOR FLAT LOAD-BEARING WALLSa,b,c,d,f
NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN, (feet-inches)
(Number is Middle of Span, A)e
Supporting Light-Framed Supporting ICF Second Story
Supporting Roof Only 2nd Story and Roof and Roof
MINIMUM LINTEL
Ground Snow Load
THICKNESS LINTEL DEPTH
(inches) (inches) 30 psf 70 psf 30 psf 70 psf 30 psf 70 psf
4-9 4-2 3-10 3-4 3-5 3-1
8
(1-2) (0-9) (0-8) (0-6) (0-6) (0-5)
6-8 5-5 5-0 4-5 4-6 4-0
12
(1-11) (1-3) (1-1) (0-10) (0-10) (0-8)
7-11 6-5 6-0 5-3 5-4 4-10
3.5 16
(2-9) (1-9) (1-6) (1-2) (1-2) (1-0)
8-11 7-4 6-9 6-0 6-1 5-6
20
(3-5) (2-3) (1-11) (1-6) (1-7) (1-3)
9-10 8-1 7-6 6-7 6-9 6-1
24
(4-1) (2-9) (2-4) (1-10) (1-11) (1-6)
5-2 4-2 3-10 3-5 3-5 3-1
8
(1-10) (1-2) (1-0) (0-9) (0-10) (0-8)
6-8 5-5 5-0 4-5 4-6 4-1
12
(3-0) (2-0) (1-9) (1-4) (1-4) (1-1)
7-10 6-5 6-0 5-3 5-4 4-10
5.5 16
(4-1) (2-9) (2-5) (1-10) (1-11) (1-7)
8-10 7-3 6-9 6-0 6-1 5-6
20
(5-3) (3-6) (3-1) (2-4) (2-5) (2-0)
9-8 8-0 7-5 6-7 6-8 6-0
24
(6-3) (4-3) (3-8) (2-11) (3-0) (2-5)
5-2 4-2 3-11 3-5 3-6 3-2
8
(2-6) (1-8) (1-5) (1-1) (1-1) (0-11)
6-7 5-5 5-0 4-5 4-6 4-1
12
(4-0) (2-8) (2-4) (1-10) (1-10) (1-6)
7-9 6-5 5-11 5-3 5-4 4-10
7.5 16
(5-5) (3-8) (3-3) (2-6) (2-7) (2-2)
8-8 7-2 6-8 5-11 6-0 5-5
20
(6-10) (4-8) (4-2) (3-3) (3-4) (2-9)
9-6 7-11 7-4 6-6 6-7 6-0
24
(8-2) (5-8) (5-1) (3-11) (4-1) (3-4)
5-2 4-2 3-11 3-5 3-6 3-2
8
(3-1) (2-1) (1-9) (1-5) (1-5) (1-2)
6-7 5-5 5-0 4-5 4-6 4-1
9.5 12
(5-0) (3-4) (3-0) (2-4) (2-5) (1-11)
7-8 6-4 5-11 5-3 5-4 4-10
16
(6-9) (4-7) (4-2) (3-3) (3-4) (2-8)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used, the span lengths in the shaded cells shall
be increased by 1.2 times the table values.
b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer’s tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.
c. Deflection criterion: L/240.
d. Design load assumptions:
Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf
Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf
Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 69 psf
Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf
e. No. 3 stirrups are required at d/2 spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure
209(8) and Section 209.7.2.2.
f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
TABLE 209(13)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR LINTELS FOR FLAT LOAD-BEARING WALLSa, b, c, d, f
NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN, (feet-inches) (Number is Middle of Span, A)e
Supporting Light-Framed 2nd Story Supporting ICF Second Story and
Supporting Roof and Roof Roof
MINIMUM LINTEL
THICKNESS, T LINTEL DEPTH, D Ground Snow Load
(inches) (inches) 30 psf 70 psf 30 psf 70 psf 30 psf 70 psf
8 4-9 4-2 3-11 3-7 3-7 3-5
(1-2) (0-9) (0-8) (0-6) (0-6) (0-5)
7-2 6-3 5-11 5-5 5-5 5-0
12
(1-11) (1-3) (1-1) (0-10) (0-10) (0-8)
9-6 8-0 7-4 6-6 6-7 5-11
3.5 16
(2-9) (1-9) (1-6) (1-2) (1-2) (1-0)
11-1 9-1 8-4 7-5 7-6 6-9
20
(3-5) (2-3) (1-11) (1-6) (1-7) (1-3)
12-2 10-0 9-3 8-2 8-4 7-6
24
(4-1) (2-9) (2-4) (1-10) (1-11) (1-6)
5-6 4-10 4-7 4-2 4-2 3-10
8
(1-10) (1-2) (1-0) (0-9) (0-10) (0-8)
8-3 6-9 6-3 5-6 5-7 5-0
12
(3-0) (2-0) (1-9) (1-4) (1-4) (1-1)
9-9 8-0 7-5 6-6 6-7 6-0
5.5 16
(4-1) (2-9) (2-5) (1-10) (1-11) (1-7)
10-11 9-0 8-4 7-5 7-6 6-9
20
(5-3) (3-6) (3-1) (2-4) (2-5) (2-0)
12-0 9-11 9-3 8-2 8-3 7-6
24
(6-3) (4-3) (3-8) (2-11) (3-0) (2-5)
6-1 5-2 4-9 4-3 4-3 3-10
8
(2-6) (1-8) (1-5) (1-1) (1-1) (0-11)
8-2 6-9 6-3 5-6 5-7 5-0
12
(4-0) (2-8) (2-4) (1-10) (1-10) (1-6)
9-7 7-11 7-4 6-6 6-7 6-0
7.5 16
(5-5) (3-8) (3-3) (2-6) (2-7) (2-2)
10-10 8-11 8-4 7-4 7-6 6-9
20
(6-10) (4-8) (4-2) (3-3) (3-4) (2-9)
11-10 9-10 9-2 8-1 8-3 7-5
24
(8-2) (5-8) (5-1) (3-11) (4-1) (3-4)
6-4 5-2 4-10 4-3 4-4 3-11
8
(3-1) (2-1) (1-9) (1-5) (1-5) (1-2)
8-2 6-8 6-2 5-6 5-7 5-0
12
(5-0) (3-4) (3-0) (2-4) (2-5) (1-11)
9-6 7-11 7-4 6-6 6-7 5-11
9.5 16
(6-9) (4-7) (4-2) (3-3) (3-4) (2-8)
10-8 8-10 8-3 7-4 7-5 6-9
20
(8-4) (5-10) (5-4) (4-2) (4-3) (3-6)
11-7 9-9 9-0 8-1 8-2 7-5
24
(10-0) (6-11) (6-5) (5-0) (5-2) (4-3)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall
be increased by 1.2 times the table values.
b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer’s tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.
c. Deflection criterion: L/240.
d. Design load assumptions:
Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf
Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf
Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 69 psf
Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf
e. No. 3 stirrups are required at d/2 spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure
209(8) and Section 209.7.2.2.
f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
TABLE 209(14)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR LINTELS FOR WAFFLE-GRID LOAD-BEARING WALLSa, b, c, d, f
NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)
(Number is Middle of Span, A)e
Supporting Light-Framed 2nd Story Supporting ICF Second Story and
Supporting Roof and Roof Roof
NOMINAL LINTEL LINTEL Ground Snow Load
THICKNESS Tg,h DEPTH D
(inches) (inches) 30 psf 70 psf 30 psf 70 psf 30 psf 70 psf
TABLE 209(15)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR LINTELS FOR WAFFLE-GRID LOAD-BEARING WALLSa, b, c, d, f
NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)
(Number is Middle of Span, A)e
TABLE 209(16)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR LINTELS FOR SCREEN-GRID LOAD-BEARING WALLSa,b,c,d,f,g
NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)
Supporting Light-Framed Second Supporting ICF Second Story and
Supporting Roof Story and Roof Roof
MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL
Maximum Ground Snow Load (psf)
THICKNESS, Th,i DEPTH, De
(inches) (inches) 30 70 30 70 30 70
TABLE 209(17)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR LINTELS FOR SCREEN-GRID LOAD-BEARING WALLSa,b,c,d,f,g
NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)
Supporting Light-Framed Second Supporting ICF Second Story and
Supporting Roof Story and Roof Roof
MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL
Maximum Ground Snow Load (psf)
THICKNESS, Th,i DEPTH, De
(inches) (inches) 30 70 30 70 30 70
TABLE 209(18)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS WITHOUT STIRRUPS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLSa,b,c,d,f,g,h
(NO. 4 OR NO. 5) BOTTOM BAR SIZE
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)
Supporting Light-Framed Second Supporting ICF Second Story and
Supporting Roof Only Story and Roof Roof
MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL MAXIMUM GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)
THICKNESS, T DEPTH, De
(inches) (inches) 30 70 30 70 30 70
Flat ICF Lintel
TABLE 209(19)
MINIMUM BOTTOM BAR LINTEL REINFORCEMENT FOR LARGE CLEAR SPANS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLSa,b,c,d,e,f,h
MINIMUM BOTTOM LINTEL REINFORCEMENT
Supporting Light-Framed Second Supporting ICF Second Story and
Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only Story and Roof Light-Frame Roof
MINIMUM LINTEL MINIMUM LINTEL Maximum Ground Snow Load (psf)
THICKNESS, Tg DEPTH, D
(inches) (inches) 30 70 30 70 30 70
Flat ICF Lintel, 12 feet- 3 inches Maximum Clear Span
TABLE 209(20)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR LINTELS IN NONLOAD-BEARING WALLS WITHOUT STIRRUPSa,b,c,d
NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR
MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN
Supporting Supporting ICF
MINIMUM LINTEL THICKNESS, T MINIMUM LINTEL DEPTH, D Light-Framed Nonbearing Wall Second Story and Nonbearing Wall
(inches) (inches) (feet-inches) (feet-inches)
Flat ICF Lintel
8 11-1 3-1
12 15-11 5-1
3.5 16 16-3 6-11
20 16-3 8-8
24 16-3 10-5
8 16-3 4-4
12 16-3 7-0
5.5 16 16-3 9-7
20 16-3 12-0
24 16-3 14-3
8 16-3 5-6
12 16-3 8-11
7.5 16 16-3 12-2
20 16-3 15-3
24 16-3 16-3
8 16-3 6-9
12 16-3 10-11
9.5 16 16-3 14-10
20 16-3 16-3
24 16-3 16-3
Waffle-Grid ICF Lintel
8 9-1 2-11
12 13-4 4-10
6 or 8 16 16-3 6-7
20 16-3 8-4
24 16-3 9-11
Screen-Grid Lintel
12 5-8 4-1
6
24 16-3 9-1
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pounds per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section.
b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturers tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.
c. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the clear span of the lintel in inches.
d. Linear interpolation is permitted between lintel depths.
TABLE 209(21)
FLOOR LEDGER-WALL CONNECTION (SIDE-BEARING CONNECTION) REQUIREMENTSa, b, c
MAXIMUM ANCHOR BOLT SPACINGe (inches)
Staggered Staggered Two Two
MAXIMUM FLOOR CLEAR SPANd 1
/2-inch-diameter 5
/8-inch-diameter 1
/2-inch-diameter 5
/8-inch-diameter
(feet) anchor bolts anchor bolts anchor boltsf anchor boltsf
8 18 20 36 40
10 16 18 32 36
12 14 18 28 36
14 12 16 24 32
16 10 14 20 28
18 9 13 18 26
20 8 11 16 22
22 7 10 14 20
24 7 9 14 18
26 6 9 12 18
28 6 8 12 16
30 5 8 10 16
32 5 7 10 14
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. Minimum ledger board nominal depth shall be 8 inches. The thickness of the ledger board shall be a minimum of 2 inches. Thickness of ledger board is in nominal
lumber dimensions. Ledger board shall be minimum No. 2 Grade.
b. Minimum edge distance shall be 2 inches for 1/2-inch-diameter anchor bolts and 2.5 inches for 5/8-inch-diameter anchor bolts.
c. Interpolation is permitted between floor spans.
d. Floor span corresponds to the clear span of the floor structure (i.e., joists or trusses) spanning between load-bearing walls or beams.
e. Anchor bolts shall extend through the ledger to the center of the flat ICF wall thickness or the center of the horizontal or vertical core thickness of the waffle-grid
or screen-grid ICF wall system.
f. Minimum vertical distance between bolts shall be 1.5 inches for 1/2-inch-diameter anchor bolts and 2 inches for 5/8-inch-diameter anchor bolts.
FIG
209(9)
MIDDLE OF SPAN, A.
FIG NOT REQUIRING STIRRUPS
NO. 4 CONTINUOUS BAR
209(10) SEE TABLE 209(12), 209(13), 209(14),
AS REQUIRED IN 209(11) 209(15) OR 209(18)
SECTION 209.5.2
L £ 2¢ L ³ 2¢
OPENING REINFORCEMENT
WALL REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED PER
AS REQUIRED TABLE 209(11)
INSULATING FORM
INSULATING FORM
CONCRETE WEB
(HIDDEN)
VERTICAL CONCRETE
CORE
INSULATING FORM
HORIZONTAL LINTEL
1.5 IN. MIN. REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED
2.5 IN. MAX.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NOTE: Section cut through vertical core of a waffle-grid lintel.
FIGURE 209(11)
DOUBLE FORM HEIGHT WAFFLE-GRID LINTEL
INSULATING FORM
1
1 /2 IN. MINIMUM HORIZONTAL LINTEL
1
2 /2 IN. MAXIMUM REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED
1-1/2² MINIMUM
2-1/2² MAXIMUM } No. 4 BAR LINTEL REINFORCEMENT
1-1/2² MINIMUM
2-1/2² MAXIMUM } HORIZONTAL LINTEL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED
LIGHT-FRAME
CONSTRUCTION ABOVE
JOIST
SILL PLATE
ANCHOR BOLT
AS REQUIRED
ICF WALL
MIN.4 IN.
INSULA
A
INSULATING FORM
ATING FORM
DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
ST
TAGGERED ANCHOR
STA LEDGER BOAR
LEDGER BOAR
ARD
D
BOLT AS REQUIRED
JOIST
JOIST
LAP SPLICE AS
LAP SPLICE AS
REQUIRED JOIST HANGER
JOIST HANGER
MIN. 4-INCH-DIAMETER HOLE
THROUGH FORM AT EACH
BOLT LOCATION
IC
ICFF WALL
F WALL
W
MIN. 4 IN.
INSULATING FORM
DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR LEDGER BOARD
BOLT AS REQUIRED
JOIST
LAP SPLICE
AS REQUIRED
JOIST HANGER
< 3 IN.
ICF WALL
MIN. NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS) VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED
DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR LEDGER BOARD
BOLT AS REQUIRED
JOIST
JOIST HANGER
MIN. 4 IN. × 4 IN. × 1/4 IN. MIN. 4-INCH-DIAMETER HOLE
STEEL PLATE FOR THROUGH FORM AT EACH
EACH BOLT BOLT LOCATION
ICF WALL
VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
MIN. NO. 4 BAR AS REQUIRED
(CONTINUOUS)
JOIST HANGER
MIN. 4 IN. × 4 IN. × 1/4 IN.
STEEL PLATE FOR
EACH BOLT < 3 IN.
ICF WALL
MIN. # 4 BAR VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
(CONTINUOUS) AS REQUIRED
LIGHT-FRAME
ROOF
SILL PLATE
ICF WALL
ANCHOR BOLT
(SEE SECTION 206.8.2)
NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of waffle- or screen-grid wall.
FIGURE 209(19)
ROOF SILL PLATE—WALL CONNECTION
SECTION 301 nectors and fasteners shall meet the requirements of Section
SCOPE 304 in addition to the requirements of the standards referenced
This chapter prescribes construction requirements for build- in Section 303. Connectors resisting uplift of the roof framing
ings in which all exterior walls above the foundation are of shall be fastened to the top plate on the same side of the wall as
light-framed construction using wood or steel framing mem- the top-plate-to-wall uplift connection.
bers and where the building meets the parameters and require- 304.2 Approved connectors, anchors and other fastening
ments of Chapter 1. Except as otherwise noted herein, interior devices shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-
walls and partitions may be of either wood or steel framing. turer’s recommendations.
304.3 Fasteners and connectors that are exposed directly to the
SECTION 302 weather or subject to salt corrosion in coastal areas, as deter-
GENERAL mined by the building official, shall comply with the follow-
ing:
302.1 General.
304.3.1 Screws, bolts and nails shall be corrosion resistant
302.1.1 Light-framed construction shall be in accordance by coating, galvanization or composition (stainless steel,
with Section 303. nonferrous metal or other suitable corrosion-resistant mate-
302.1.2 Fasteners and connectors shall be in accordance rial). The corrosion resistance of galvanized fasteners with
with Section 304. diameters over 3/8 inch(9.5 mm) shall be equal to or equiva-
302.1.3 Foundations shall be in accordance with Section lent to that provided by compliance with ASTM A153. The
305. corrosion resistance of fasteners with diameters of 3/8 inch
(9.5 mm) or less shall be demonstrated through one of the
302.1.4 Slab-on-grade floor systems shall be in accordance following methods:
with Section 306.
1. Compliance, or equivalent, with ASTM A153.
302.1.5 Wood structural panel wall sheathing or siding shall
be permitted to be in accordance with Section 307. 2. Compliance, or equivalent, with ASTM A 641 Class
1.
302.1.6 Open structures or portions of structures shall be in
accordance with Section 308. 3. Corrosion resistance exhibiting not more than 5% red
rust after 1000 hours exposure in accordance with
ASTM B117.
SECTION 303 4. Corrosion resistance exhibiting not more than 5% red rust
LIGHT-FRAMED CONSTRUCTION after 280 hours exposure for nails, 1000 hours for roof tile
303.1 The construction of one- and two-family dwellings in fasteners or 360 hours exposure for other carbon steel fas-
high wind areas shall comply with one of the following: teners in accordance with ASTM G 85, Annex 5.
303.1.1 ANSI/AF&PA Wood frame Construction Manual 304.3.2 Metal plates and connectors shall be stainless steel,
(WFCM) 2001 Edition. hot-dipped galvanized prior to fabrication to meet ASTM A
653 Coating Designation G185, hot-dipped galvanized after
303.1.2 ANSI/AISI/S230 Standard for Cold-Formed Steel fabrication to meet ASTM A 123, or provided with a protec-
Framing–Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family tive coating as specified by ANSI/TPI 1.
Dwellings.
SECTION 305
SECTION 304 FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS
FASTENERS AND CONNECTORS
305.1 General.
This standard contains figures showing connectors. The 305.1.1 Design. All exterior walls, bearing walls, interior
connectors are shown for illustrative purposes only. The shearwalls, columns and piers shall be supported on founda-
illustration of the connectors is not intended to endorse any tions meeting the requirements of the International Resi-
connector manufacturer. In order to choose the appropriate dential Code and this chapter. Reinforcement shown is for
connector, please check with the connector manufacturer. uplift forces only. Other reinforcement shall be provided as
required in Chapter 4 of the International Residential Code.
304.1 A continuous load path between footings, foundation 305.1.2 Continuous foundations, general. Continuous
walls, floors, studs and roof framing shall be provided. Con- foundations conforming to Section 305.2, 305.3 or 305.4
shall be provided at all exterior walls, at the perimeter of concrete footing using a concrete unit weight of 150
each rectangular element of a nonrectangular building, in pounds per cubic foot (2403 kg/m3) times the addi-
accordance with Section 105.1, and at interior roof support tional cross sectional area.
locations.
3. An approved itemized calculation of the foundation
305.1.3 Continuous foundations, minimum size. The size weight per linear foot including the weight of the
of continuous foundations shall be as required to meet the foundation, tributary slab-on-grade, plus the weight
minimum requirements of the International Residential of any soil mobilized by the uplift of the foundation.
Code and the minimum size specified in Table 305(1). In
addition, the continuous foundation shall be sized so that the 305.1.4 Masonry materials and construction. Masonry
foundation weight per foot (plf) is not less than the mini- materials and construction shall be in accordance with Sec-
mum required foundation weight per foot (plf) specified in tion 202.
Table 305(2). For a rectangular building plan, required 305.1.5 Concrete materials and construction. Concrete
foundation weight per foot shall be evaluated for each hori- materials and construction shall be in accordance with Sec-
zontal direction; the largest required foundation weight per tion 209.
foot shall be used. For a nonrectangular building plan, the
minimum required foundation weight per foot shall be eval- 305.2 Stemwall foundations. Where figures show masonry
uated for each rectangle in each horizontal direction and the units for walls, concrete walls shall be permitted. Where the
largest required foundation weight per foot shall be used. nominal dimension of 8 inches (203 mm) thick is used for
masonry units, the equivalent dimensions for concrete walls
Exception: The following need not be evaluated to shall be permitted to be 7.5 inches (191 mm).
determine minimum foundation weight per foot in
accordance with Figure 305(1). 305.2.1 Footings. Footings for stemwall foundations shall
The provided foundation weight per foot (plf) shall be be reinforced with two No. 5 continuous bars.
determined by one of the following methods: 305.2.2 Stemwalls. Stemwalls shall extend no more than 3
1. In accordance with Table 305(3). feet (915 mm) above the finish grade and shall be con-
structed in accordance with Section 305.2.2.1 or 305.2.2.2.
2. The provided foundation weight per foot in Table
305(3) may be increased by increasing the size of the Exception: As permitted by Section 102.2.2.
TABLE 305(1)
MINIMUM FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS
FIGURE FOUNDATION TYPE MINIMUM T (inches) MINIMUM W (inches)
305(2), (3), (4) Stem wall 10 20
305(5)a Solid or hollow masonry stem wall 20 12
305(6) Monolithic exterior slab-on-grade footing 20 12
305(6) Monolithic interior slab-on-grade footing 20 12
305(8) Stem wall with slab on grade 10 20
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. Permitted only for design wind speeds of 100 and 110 mph and one- and two-story structures.
RETANGLE
ELEMENT 1
RECTANGLE
ELEMENT 2
NOTE: Required foundation weight need not be evaluated for the rectangle and wind direction noted, if there are no vertical offsets and roof framing between
rectangles.
FIGURE 305(1)
CONTINUOUS FOUNDATIONS FOR MULTIPLE RECTANGLES
TABLE 305(2)
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
100 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
PLAN DIMENSION PLAN DIMENSION EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
PERPENDICULAR TO PARALLEL TO WIND
ROOF SLOPE WIND DIRECTION DIRECTION
(Angle) (feet) (feet) 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf
12 200 200 200 268
18 200 200 200 200
12 24 200 200 — 200 200 —
30 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 200 299
24 200 200 200 200
24 36 200 200 — 200 200 —
12:12 48 200 200 200 200
(45)
60 200 200 200 200
14 200 200 200 252
24 200 200 200 200
40 — —
40 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 200 200
60 30 200 200 — 200 200 —
40 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 324 200 200 589
18 200 200 200 200 200 216
12 24 200 200 200 200 200 200
30 200 200 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 364 200 223 619
24 200 200 200 200 200 200
24 36 200 200 200 200 200 200
7:12 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
(30)
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
14 200 200 275 200 200 495
24 200 200 200 200 200 200
40
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 200 200 200 267
60 30 200 200 200 200 200 200
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 391 200 254 676
18 200 200 200 200 200 320
12 24 200 200 200 200 200 200
30 200 200 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 404 200 271 670
24 200 200 200 200 200 235
24 36 200 200 200 200 200 200
4:12 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
(20)
60 200 200 200 241 200 200
14 200 200 311 200 233 539
24 200 200 200 200 200 273
40
40 200 200 200 204 200 200
60 204 200 200 313 209 200
20 200 200 200 200 200 354
60 30 200 200 200 200 200 237
40 200 200 200 225 200 202
(continued)
TABLE 305(2)—continued
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
110 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
PLAN DIMENSION PLAN DIMENSION EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
PERPENDICULAR TO PARALLEL TO WIND
ROOF SLOPE WIND DIRECTION DIRECTION
(Angle) (feet) (feet) 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf
12 200 232 200 278
18 200 200 200 200
12 24 200 200 — 200 200 —
30 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200
12 200 264 200 405
24 200 200 200 200
24 36 200 200 — 200 200 —
12:12 48 200 200 200 200
(45)
60 200 200 200 200
14 200 218 200 347
24 200 200 200 200
40 — —
40 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 200 239
60 30 200 200 — 200 200 —
40 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 467 200 285 787
18 200 200 200 200 200 359
12 24 200 200 200 200 200 200
30 200 200 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 200 501 200 312 809
24 200 200 200 200 200 215
24 36 200 200 200 200 200 200
7:12 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
(30)
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
14 200 200 393 200 253 658
24 200 200 200 200 200 257
40
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 200 200 200 390
60 30 200 200 200 200 200 200
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 228 548 200 359 892
18 200 200 220 200 204 484
12 24 200 200 200 200 200 278
30 200 200 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 247 550 200 371 871
24 200 200 200 200 213 376
24 36 200 200 200 213 204 246
4:12 48 205 200 200 302 226 200
(20)
60 245 200 200 376 256 200
14 200 210 435 200 323 711
24 200 200 200 200 245 411
40
40 219 200 200 296 276 309
60 317 200 200 450 368 314
20 200 200 266 200 269 495
60 30 200 200 200 239 269 373
40 241 200 200 317 309 350
(continued)
TABLE 305(2)—continued
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
120 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
PLAN DIMENSION PLAN DIMENSION EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
PERPENDICULAR TO PARALLEL TO WIND
ROOF SLOPE WIND DIRECTION DIRECTION
(Angle) (feet) (feet) 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf
12 200 324 200 498
18 200 200 200 274
12 24 200 200 — 200 200 —
30 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200
12 200 353 200 522
12:12 24 200 200 200 225
(45)
24 36 200 200 — 200 200 —
48 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200
14 200 298 200 452
24 200 200 200 260
40 — —
40 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 200 329
60 30 200 200 — 200 223 —
40 200 200 200 200
12 200 246 623 200 387 1005
18 200 200 236 200 200 515
12 24 200 200 200 200 200 232
30 200 200 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 275 652 200 410 1018
24 200 200 200 200 200 340
7:12 24 36 200 200 200 200 200 200
(30) 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
14 200 219 521 200 339 837
24 200 200 200 200 200 379
40
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 283 200 206 526
60 30 200 200 200 200 200 260
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 318 719 200 473 1129
18 200 200 350 200 303 663
12 24 200 200 200 200 231 439
30 200 200 200 200 200 303
36 200 200 200 227 200 220
12 200 333 709 200 480 1091
24 200 200 257 228 313 531
4:12 24 36 241 200 200 320 322 405
(20) 48 306 200 200 420 370 375
60 368 200 200 524 430 374
14 200 288 571 200 423 900
24 201 205 295 251 344 562
40
40 305 215 200 396 402 472
60 442 271 200 599 543 519
20 200 233 378 229 364 650
60 30 253 222 256 317 375 522
40 327 248 222 419 435 512
(continued)
TABLE 305(2)—continued
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
130 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
PLAN DIMENSION PLAN DIMENSION EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
PERPENDICULAR TO PARALLEL TO WIND
ROOF SLOPE WIND DIRECTION DIRECTION
(Angle) (feet) (feet) 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf
12 200 425 200 629
18 200 206 200 381
12 24 200 200 — 200 230 —
30 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200
12 200 450 200 648
24 200 200 200 321
12:12 24 36 200 200 — 200 200 —
(45) 48 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200
14 200 385 200 565
24 200 200 200 355
40 — —
40 200 200 200 220
60 200 200 200 200
20 200 265 200 426
60 30 200 200 — 200 314 —
40 200 200 200 257
12 200 352 793 200 497 1240
18 200 200 358 200 245 686
12 24 200 200 200 200 200 373
30 200 200 200 200 200 200
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 358 815 200 517 1245
24 200 200 213 200 200 476
7:12 24 36 200 200 200 200 200 200
(30) 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
14 200 291 661 200 432 1031
24 200 200 255 200 203 512
40
40 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
20 200 200 388 200 282 673
60 30 200 200 200 200 200 377
40 200 200 200 200 200 210
12 200 416 905 208 598 1386
18 200 250 490 213 412 858
12 24 200 200 280 242 340 613
30 207 200 200 280 311 473
36 232 200 200 323 306 396
12 200 426 882 227 598 1330
24 240 257 378 299 420 699
4:12 24 36 326 248 243 418 451 578
(20) 48 415 271 200 550 528 570
60 502 301 200 685 619 597
14 202 372 719 240 530 1105
24 263 288 413 322 450 726
40
40 399 320 307 506 540 649
60 577 413 316 761 733 742
20 243 312 499 292 466 818
60 30 327 312 372 402 491 648
40 421 353 348 529 573 688
(continued)
96 STANDARD FOR RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION IN HIGH-WIND REGIONS—2008
BUILDINGS WITH WOOD OR STEEL LIGHT-FRAMED EXTERIOR WALLS
TABLE 305(2)—continued
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
140 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
PLAN DIMENSION PLAN DIMENSION EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
PERPENDICULAR TO PARALLEL TO WIND
ROOF SLOPE WIND DIRECTION DIRECTION
(Angle) (feet) (feet) 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf
12 200 533 225 770
18 200 294 200 496
12 24 200 200 — 200 336 —
30 200 200 200 215
36 200 200 200 200
12 200 555 244 785
24 200 235 200 424
24 36 200 200 — 200 283 —
12:12
(45) 48 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200
14 200 479 232 688
24 200 270 200 456
40 — —
40 200 200 200 323
60 200 200 200 231
20 200 344 211 531
60 30 200 225 — 202 413 —
40 200 200 208 359
12 200 425 977 200 616 1496
18 200 200 490 200 336 870
12 24 200 200 209 200 200 525
30 200 200 200 200 200 282
36 200 200 200 200 200 200
12 200 447 992 200 632 1491
24 200 200 318 200 250 623
24 36 200 200 200 200 200 286
7:12
(30) 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
14 200 370 812 200 533 1241
24 200 200 358 200 280 656
40
40 200 200 200 200 200 286
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
20 200 227 502 200 363 831
60 30 200 200 242 200 219 503
40 200 200 200 200 200 325
12 222 522 1106 263 733 1664
18 224 342 641 276 529 1068
12 24 251 266 415 317 458 802
30 285 228 276 370 437 657
36 322 210 200 428 445 585
12 241 526 1069 281 726 1589
24 307 347 508 375 527 880
24 36 417 355 377 525 590 765
4:12
(20) 48 533 400 345 689 698 780
60 646 455 344 859 823 838
14 252 463 879 296 647 1326
24 330 378 540 398 565 903
40
40 500 434 444 524 689 841
60 723 567 489 937 938 982
20 302 399 629 359 576 1000
60 30 407 408 497 494 616 859
40 523 467 484 647 722 878
(continued)
TABLE 305(2)—continued
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
150 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
PLAN DIMENSION PLAN DIMENSION EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
PERPENDICULAR TO PARALLEL TO WIND
ROOF SLOPE WIND DIRECTION DIRECTION
(Angle) (feet) (feet) 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf 1 Story 2 Story 3 Storyf
12 222 650 280 922
18 200 387 206 620
12 24 200 227 — 200 450 —
30 200 200 200 325
36 200 200 200 230
12 242 668 298 931
24 200 318 221 535
24 36 200 200 — 200 393 —
12:12
(45) 48 200 200 200 303
60 200 200 200 220
14 226 580 283 820
24 200 352 246 566
40 — —
40 200 200 247 433
60 200 200 260 357
20 200 429 262 644
60 30 200 304 — 260 519 —
40 200 234 274 468
12 200 525 1174 200 745 1770
18 200 261 631 200 435 1067
12 24 200 200 326 200 256 688
30 200 200 200 200 200 427
36 200 200 200 200 200 237
12 200 544 1181 205 755 1755
24 200 200 431 200 333 781
24 36 200 200 200 200 200 418
7:12
(30) 48 200 200 200 200 200 200
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
14 200 454 974 200 642 1467
24 200 212 468 200 362 810
40
40 200 200 200 200 200 412
60 200 200 200 200 200 200
20 200 295 623 200 451 1002
60 30 200 200 340 200 295 639
40 200 200 200 200 211 448
12 275 653 1321 322 878 1962
18 284 440 804 343 654 1294
12 24 322 364 560 398 585 1004
30 368 332 417 465 573 855
36 419 324 337 540 594 789
12 293 634 1270 340 863 1867
24 380 444 648 457 622 1075
24 36 516 469 520 639 740 965
4:12
(20) 48 659 539 507 839 880 1007
60 802 619 530 1045 1042 1097
14 307 561 1051 357 722 1564
24 403 474 676 481 689 1093
40
40 609 556 591 751 849 1046
60 879 733 674 1125 1158 1241
20 367 491 770 432 695 1195
60 30 493 511 631 593 750 1046
40 632 589 630 775 882 1082
(continued)
TABLE 305(2)—continued
MINIMUM REQUIRED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT (plf)
150 MPH DESIGN WIND SPEEDa,b,c,d,e
For SI:1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per lineal foot = 1.488 kg/m.
a. Linear interpolation is permitted for roof slope and building dimensions between listed values. Use 20 degree values for roof slopes of 0 to 20 degrees.
b. Shaded cells indicate diaphragm aspect ratios exceeding tyose permitted by Section 102.1 Blank cells are beyond the scope of this standard.
c. Where 200 is entered in the table, minimum foundation dimensions provide adequate weight per foot. Provided foundation weight per foot shall be evaluated in
accordance with Section 305.1.3.
d. Tabulated values are based on a 9 foot first story clear height; multiply required weight by 1.05 for a 10 foot height. Tabulated values are based on 8 foot second
and third story clear height; multiply required weight by 1.07 for nine foot height, 1.15 for ten foot height. Multiplication factors for first, second and third stories
are cumulative.
e. Tabulated values include provision for 2-foot roof overhangs; for overhangs greater than 2 feet, required foundation weight per Table 305(3) shall be added to the
required foundation weight from Table 305(2).
f. Blank cells are beyond the scope of this standard.
TABLE 305(3)
PROVIDED FOUNDATION WEIGHT PER FOOT
PROVIDED
TRIBUTARY SLAB WEIGHT
FIGURE TYPE T (inches) W (inches) (feet)a (lb/ft)
10 20 208
12 24 300
305(2), (3), (4) Stem wall with light-framed 1 st floorb —
18 24 450
24 24 600
20 12 502
20 16 585
305(6) Monolithic exterior slab-on-grade footing 24 18 6 702
24 24 852
30 24 1002
20 12 796
20 16 879
305(7) Monolithic interior slab-on-grade footing 13
24 16 903
30 16 1003
10 20 460
12 24 552
303(8) Stem wall with slab on grade 6
18 24 702
24 24 852
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per lineal foot = 1.488 kg/m.
a. Tributary width of 31/2 inch thick slab on grade.
b. Inclusion of 1st floor tributary dead load shall be permitted.
305.2.2.1 Stemwalls illustrated in Figures 305(2), (3) 305.2.2.2 Stemwalls illustrated in Figures 305(5a), 305(5b)
and (4) shall be constructed with minimum 8 inch (203 and 305(5c) shall be constructed with a minimum 6 inch
mm) nominal concrete or concrete masonry and shall (152 mm) hollow clay brick or minimum 3 inch (76 mm)
comply with the following: solid clay brick and minimum 4 inch (102 mm) hollow con-
1. An 8 ´ 8 inch concrete or CMU bond beam with one crete masonry unit in accordance with Figure 305(5a),
No. 5 bar shall be used at the floor level. Reinforcing 305(5b) or 305(5c) and shall comply with the following:
shall be continuous at corners using corner bars or 1. Use shall be limited to basic wind speeds not
bending; minimum lap is 25 inches (635 mm). greater than 110 miles per hour (49 m/s), and one-
2. Vertical reinforcement consisting of one No. 5 bar and two-story buildings.
shall be provided within 12 inches (305 mm) of
required hold-downs (tie downs) and between such 305.2.3 Sill-plate-to-foundation anchorage. Sill plates
that reinforcement spacing does not exceed 8 feet shall be anchored to the foundation system in accordance
(2438 mm) on center. Vertical reinforcement shall with WFCM Section 3.2 for wood framing as illustrated in
terminate in the bond beam with a standard hook. Figures 305(2), 305(3) and 305(4) or AISI S230 Section D2
for steel framing for all of the following:
3. Footing dowel bars embedded a minimum of 6 inches
(152 mm) into the footing shall be provided for all 1. Shear in the plane of the wall,
required vertical reinforcement. Dowels shall lap wall 2. Lateral load perpendicular to the plane of the wall,
reinforcing a minimum of 25 inches (635 mm).
3. Uplift loads and
4. All footing dowel bars shall have a standard 90
degree (1.6 rad) hook. 4. Shear wall overturning (hold-down) loads.
Exception: For the foundation wall systems illus- 305.2.3.2 Stemwall foundations with a slab-on-grade
trated in Figures 305(5a), 305(5b) and 305(5c), shall meet the wall-to-foundation anchorage require-
galvanized or stainless steel straps shall be nailed ments specified in Section 305.3.2. [See Figure 303(8)].
to a minimum double 2 ´ 6 inch nominal rim joist
305.2.4 Interior foundations. Required interior stemwall
with a minimum of nine 16d nails. Straps shall be a
foundations shall be the same as for exterior walls. Interior
minimum of 21/16 inches (52.4 mm) in width and
monolithic slab-on-grade foundations may be used with
0.108 inch (2.7 mm) thickness. Straps shall be exterior stemwall foundations.
embedded into the concrete footing a minimum of
4 inches (102 mm) and shall have a minimum hori- 305.3 Monolithic slab-on-grade foundations.
zontal leg extension of 13/4 inches (44 mm). Strap 305.3.1 Concrete slabs and footings shall be poured as a
spacing shall not exceed 3 feet (915 mm) on cen- monolithic unit. The minimum reinforcing requirements for
ter, except that two straps may be provided at pier exterior footings for uplift resistance shall be two No. 5
spacing not exceeding 6 feet (1829 mm) on center. bars. The outer bar of foundation reinforcing shall be con-
See figures for additional detailing requirements. tinuous around corners using corner bars or by bending the
305.2.3.1 Washers. Where anchor bolts are used for bar. Minimum bar lap shall be 25 inches (635 mm).
required anchorage of wood frame construction, anchor 305.3.2 Wall-to-foundation anchorage. Sill plates shall
bolts shall have a minimum 3 inches ´ 3 inches ´ 0.229 be anchored to the foundation system in accordance with
inches (76 mm by 76 mm by 5.8 mm) steel plate washer. WFCM Section 3.2 for wood framing as illustrated in Fig-
Standard cut washers shall be permitted for steel framing ures 305(6), 305(7) and 305(8) or AISI S230 Section D2 for
with standard hole sizes. The hole in the plate washer is steel framing for all of the following:
permitted to be diagonally slotted with a width of up to
3/ inch (5 mm) larger than the bolt and a slot length not
16
1. Shear in the plane of the wall,
to exceed 13/4 inches (44 mm), provided a standard cut 2. Lateral load perpendicular to the plane of the wall,
washer is placed between the plate washer and the nut.
3. Uplift loads and
4. Shear wall overturning (hold down) loads.
WALL TO FOUNDATION
ANCHORAGE
BOND BEAM
SILL PLATE REINFORCING 3 IN. TOP OF BOND
BEAM TO CONTINUOUS
REINFORCING
25 IN MIN. SPLICE
LENGTH, TYPICAL
FOOTING
WALL REINFORCEMENT
WITHIN CELL
STANDARD HOOK
STRAP STUD
RO RIM JOIST
STRAP RIM
JOIST TO
FOUNDATION STRAP STUD
TO RIM JOIST STRAP RIM
JOIST TO
FOUNDATION
NOTCH
FOUNDATION
SILL AT STRAP
IF SILL IS WIDER
THAN STUDS A
BOTH A AND B
ARE REQUIRED
B
FIGURE 305(4a)
UPLIFT ANCHORAGE FOR WOOD LIGHT-FRAME
STRAP STUD TO
FOUNDATION STRAP STUD TO
FOUNDATION SILL CL ANCHOR BOLT
PLATE WITH STEEL PLATE
WASHER BEYOND
FIGURE 305(4b)
ALTERNATE UPLIFT ANCHORAGE FOR WOOD LIGHT-FRAME
NOTCH FOUNDATION
SILL AT STRAP
IF SILL IS WIDER
THAN STUDS
USE C OR D
D
HOLD DOWN STRAP
STUD OR POST TO HOLD DOWN
FOUNDATION BRACKET STUD
OR POST TO
FOUNDATION
FIGURE 305(4c)
SHEAR WALL OVERTURNING ANCHORAGE FOR WOOD LIGHT-FRAME
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
FIGURE 305(5a), PART A
SOLID OR HOLLOW MASONRY STEMWALL FOUNDATION
(For One- and Two-Story Buildings with Basic Wind Speeds not Exceeding 110 mph)
RIM JOISTS
GALVANIZED OR STAINLESS STEEL FLASHING
STRAPS, MIN 2 1/16 IN. WIDE SILL PLATE MIN. 18 GAGE PLATE
BY 12 GAGE THICK, STRAPS CONNECTORS AT MAX.
SPACED NOT MORE THAN 12 IN. O.C. TYP.
36 IN. O.C. TYP.
MIN. NINE 16d
NAILS PER STRAP
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
FIGURE 305(5a), PART B
SOLID OR HOLLOW MASONRY STEMWALL FOUNDATION
(For One- and Two-Story Buildings with Basic Wind Speeds not Exceeding 110 mph)
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
FIGURE 305(5b)
SOLID OR HOLLOW MASONRY STEMWALL FOUNDATION
(For One- and Two-Story Buildings with Basic Wind Speeds not Exceeding 110 mph)
MIN. 3 IN.
MASONRY
CURTAIN
WALL
MIN. 8 IN. × 16 IN.
MASONRY PIER, TYP.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
FIGURE 305(5c), PART A
PIER AND CURTAIN WALL FOUNDATION
(For One- and Two-Story Buildings with Basic Wind Speeds not Exceeding 110 mph)
GALVANIZED OR STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS, MIN. NINE 16d NAILS PER MIN. NINE 16d NAILS PER STRAP
MIN. 2 1/16 IN. WIDE BY 12 GAGE THICK, STRAP
FLASHING
MIN. 2 IN. FROM EDGE OF PIER, TYP. SILL PLATE
PIERS SPACED NOT DOUBLE RIM JOISTS
MORE THAN
6 FT O.C., TYP. MIN. 18 GAGE PLATE
CONNECTORS AT MAX.
12 IN. O.C., TYP.
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
FIGURE 305(5c), PART B
PIER AND CURTAIN WALL FOUNDATION
(For One and Two Story Buildings with Basic Wind Speeds not Exceeding 110 mph)
WOOD OR
STEEL
LIGHT-FRAME
WALL
3 /2 IN. MIN.
SLAB
EXTERIOR REINF. SLAB REINF.
GRADE
1
31/2 IN.
MIN.
12 IN.
MIN.
12 IN.
12 IN.
MIN.
MIN.
NO. 5
BAR TOP
AND
BOTTOM
ANCHOR BOLT
WITH STEEL
PLATE WASHER
U-STRAP STUD
TO FOUNDATION
SILL PLATE
U-STRAP STUD
TO FOUNDATION B
SILL PLATE
ANCHOR
BOLT SILL
PLATE TO
FOUNDATION
USE A AND B
A U-STRAP
ANCHOR BOLT
B
FIGURE 305(7a)
UPLIFT ANCHORAGE FOR WOOD LIGHT-FRAME
305.3.2.1 Washers. Where anchor bolts are used for The hole in the plate washer is permitted to be diagonally
required anchorage of wood frame construction, anchor slotted with a width of up to 3/16 inch (5 mm) larger than
bolts shall have a minimum 3 inches ´ 3 inches ´ 0.229 the bolt and a slot length not to exceed 13/4 inches (44
inch (76 mm by 76 mm by 5.8 mm) steel plate washer. mm), provided a standard cut washer is placed between
the plate washer and the nut. Standard cut washers shall
be permitted for steel framing with standard hole sizes.
HOLD DOWN D
STRAP
HOLD DOWN POST
AND BRACKET
USE C OR D
FIGURE 305(7c)
SHEAR WALL OVERTURNING ANCHORAGE FOR WOOD LIGHT-FRAME
WOOD OR STEEL
LIGHT-FRAME
WALL SLAB REINF.
BOND BEAM OR
HEADER COURSE
WITH NO. 5
MIN.
CONTINUOUS
3 /2
1
CONCRETE OR
MASONRY
STEMWALL
VERTICAL
3 FT MAX. TYPICAL
REINF. WITH
STANDARD
HOOK TOP
25 IN. LAP SPLICE
DOWEL
WITH STANDARD
MIN.
HOOK BOTTOM
2 IN. 2 IN.
MIN. MIN.
12 IN.
2 NO. 5
MIN.
CONTINUOUS
T
SECTION 306 307.1.3 From Table 307(1) determine the uplift capacity of the
SLAB-ON-GRADE FLOOR SYSTEMS sheathing selected in accordance with Section 307.1.1 based
306.1 Concrete floors shall be cast in place slab-on-grade. on the alternate nail spacing in the top and bottom plates.
306.2 The slab shall be not less than 31/2 inches (89 mm) thick. 307.1.4 Multiple rows of nails applied at panel ends and
The slab shall have 6 ´ 6 W1.4 ´ W1.4 welded wire fabric at edges shall be installed in accordance with Figure 307.
mid-height.
307.1.5 Panels shall be of the minimum thickness of 7/16 inch
(11 mm) and be installed as follows:
SECTION 307 a. Panels shall be installed with strength axis parallel to
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL studs.
PANEL WALL SHEATHING OR SIDING
b. All horizontal joints shall occur over framing and
307.1 Wood structural panel sheathing or siding used to shall be attached per WFCM 3.2.
resist both shear and uplift. Use of wood structural panel
sheathing or siding shall be permitted in conjunction with the c. On single story construction, panels shall be attached
WFCM to resist shear and uplift simultaneously in accordance to bottom plates and the top member of the double top
with this section provided the following conditions are met in plate. The lowest plate shall be attached to the founda-
those areas: tion with minimum 5/8 inch (16 mm) bolts with mini-
mum embedment of 7 inches (178 mm) or connectors
1. Anchor bolt spacing shall be 16 inches (406 mm)or less of sufficient capacity to resist the uplift and shear
on center. forces developed in the wood structural panel
2. 3 inches ´ 3 inches ´ 0.229 inch (76 ´ 76 ´ 6 mm) mini- sheathed or sided walls.
mum steel plate washers shall be used at anchor bolt d. On two-story construction, upper panels shall be
locations. attached to the top member of the upper double top plate
3. Nails in any single row shall not be spaced closer than 3 and to the band joist at the bottom of panel. The upper
inches (76 mm) on center. attachment of the lower panel shall be made to the band
joist and the lower attachment made to the lowest plate
307.1.1 From Tables 3.17A through 3.17E of the WFCM, at first floor framing. The lowest plate of first floor fram-
select a shearwall construction using minimum 7/16 inch (11 ing shall be attached to the foundation with minimum 5/8
mm) or 15/32 inch (12 mm) wood structural panel sheathing inch (16 mm) bolts with a minimum embedment of 7
that will provide required shear capacity. inches (178 mm) or connectors of sufficient capacity to
307.1.2 From Table 2.2A of the WFCM determine the uplift resist the uplift and shear forces developed in the wood
load based on the wind speed and roof span. structural panel sheathed or sided walls.
ALTERNATE NAIL SPACING PER
TABLE 307(1) OR (2)
NAIL SPACING AT
INTERMEDIATE
SHEAR WALL DESIGN NAIL SPACING PER
FRAMING
WFCM TABLES 3.17A THROUGH 3.17E
12² O.C.
e. Where windows and doors interrupt wood structural wall segment. Panels shall be attached to top and bottom plates
panel sheathing or siding, framing anchors or connec- as described in Section 307.1 and Table 307(2). Nail spacing
tors shall be used to resist the uplift loads. shall be 6 inches (152 mm) on center along vertical panel edges
307.2 Wood structural panel sheathing or siding used for and 12 inches (305 mm) on center at intermediate framing.
uplift only. Use of wood structural panel sheathing or siding
shall be permitted in conjunction with the WFCM to resist
uplift only provided the following conditions are met in those
areas: SECTION 308
OPEN STRUCTURES
1. Anchor bolt spacing shall be 16 inches (406 mm) or less
on center. 308.1 General. Except as specifically provided in Section
308.2, unenclosed or partially enclosed structures or portions
2. 3 inches ´ 3 inches ´ 0.229 inch (76 ´ 76 ´ 6 mm) mini-
of structures that are attached and detached, shall have an engi-
mum steel plate washers shall be used at anchor bolt neered design in accordance with the International Building
locations. Code.
3. Nails in any single row shall not be spaced closer than 3
inches (76 mm) on center. 308.2 Prescriptive inset porches. Inset porches, per Figure
308(1), shall be permitted in accordance with the details in Fig-
Wood structural panels used to resist uplift forces only shall ures 308(2) through 308(4). The uplift connection capacities at
be 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum. Uplift capacity of 3/8 inch wood this inset porch shall be not less than required by Tables 308.
structural panels shall be as shown in Table 307(2). The uplift The uplift connection type and location shall be as indicated in
values shown in Table 307(2) shall not be used in any shear Figures 308(2) through 308(4).
TABLE 307(1)
UPLIFT CAPACITY OF WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING OR SIDING WHEN USED FOR BOTH
SHEARWALLS AND UPLIFT SIMULTANEOUSLY OVER GROUP III FRAMINGa,b,c
(plf uplift on wall)
NAIL SPACING REQUIRED FOR SHEARWALL DESIGN
6d @ 6² & 12² 8d @ 6² & 12² 8d @ 4² & 12² 10d @ 6² & 12²
ALTERNATE NAIL SPACING AT TOP AND BOTTOM PANEL EDGESa,c
6² 4² 3² 6² 4² 3² 6² 4² 3² 6² 4² 3²
UPLIFT CAPACITY (plf)c OF 15/32² WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING OR SIDING
Nails-Single Rowd 0 94 189 0 118 237 NP 0 118 0 142 285
Nails-Double Rowe 189 377 566 237 474 710 118 355 592 285 570 855
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per lineal foot = 14.59 N/m.
a. 7/16 inch wood structural panels shall be permitted when supported by vertical framing at 16 inches on center.
b Anchor bolts shall be installed in accordance with this section.
c. For all Group II framing, divide uplift values listed in above table by 0.92.
d. Wood structural panels shall overlap the top member of the double top plate and the bottom plate by 11/2 inches and a single row of fasteners shall be placed
3/ inch from panel edge.
4
e. Wood structural panels shall overlap the top member of the double top plate and the bottom plate by 11/2 inches. Rows of fasteners ashall be 1/2 inch apart with a
minimum edge distance of 1/2 inch. Each row shall have nails at the specified spacing.
TABLE 307(2)
UPLIFT CAPACITY OF 3/8 INCH MINIMUM WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING OR SIDING OVER GROUP III FRAMINGa
(plf uplift on wall)
6d NAILS 8d NAILS 10d NAILS
NAIL SPACING AT TOP AND BOTTOM PANEL EDGES
6² 4² 3² 6² 4² 3² 6² 4² 3²
UPLIFT CAPACITY (plf)
Single row of nailsb 189 286 377 237 355 474 285 431 570
Double row of nailsc 377 566 763 474 710 958 570 855 1153
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per lineal foot = 14.59 N/m.
a. For Group II framing, divide uplift values in above table by 0.92.
b. Wood structural panels shall overlap the top member of the double top plate and the bottom plate by 11/2 inches and a single row of fasteners shall be placed
3/ inch from panel edge.
4
c. Wood structural panels shall overlap the top member of the double top plate and the bottom plate by 11/2 inches. Rows of fasteners shall be 1/2 inch apart with a
minimum edge distance of 1/2 inch. Each row shall have nails at the specified spacing.
DEPT
MAXIMUM
20 FT MAXIMUM A A
WIDTH
TABLE 308
MINIMUM REQUIRED UPLIFT CONNECTION CAPACITY AT INSET PORCH
WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY AND DESIGN WIND SPEED
TYPE 1 TYPE 2A TYPE 2B
(mph)
Required connection Required connection Required connection
B C capacitya (lb) Capacitya, b (lb) capacitya, c (lb)
100 — 420 1690 2110
110 — 510 2040 2550
120 100 610 2420 3020
130 110 710 2840 3550
140 120 840 3360 4120
150 130 990 3950 4940
— 140 1160 4640 NP
— 150 1340 5380 NP
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound force = 4.448 N.
NP = Not permitted.
a. Tabulated required connection capacities are allowable stress design loads.
b. 8 foot depth ´ 16 foot width maximum plan dimensions.
c. 3 foot depth ´ 20 foot width maximum plan dimensions.
UPLIFT CONNECTION
BEAM-TO-POST. USE 4 × 6 NO. 2 OR BETTER HF, SPF,
TYPE 2A OR 2B AS SP OR DF-L
APPLICABLE
EXTERIOR WALL OF
ROOF MAIN STRUCTURE.
DISTANCE BETWEEN
TRUSSES SHEATHING- UPLIFT LOAD WOOD WALLS
TO-BLOCK SPECIFIED ON SHOWN, BUT
EQUAL TO
SHEATHING TRUSS DESIGN DETAILS APPLICABLE
2×
PERIMETER PERIMETER DRAWINGS TO COLD-FORMED
FRAMING NAILING STEEL, CONCRETE
AND MASONRY
DEPTH OF TRUSS
EXTERIOR WALL
WOOD 1
STRUCTURAL CENTER /3
AT
CONTINUOUS FOUNDATION
SIZED PER SECTION 305
FIGURE 308(3)
SECTION A-A—OVERHANG UPLIFT RESISTANCE DESIGNED ROOF TRUSS
TYPE 1 UPLIFT
CONNECTION EACH EXTERIOR WALL OF
RAFTER TO BEAM MAIN STRUCTURE.
WOOD WALLS
SHOWN, BUT
DETAILS
APPLICABLE TO
COLD-FORMED
4 × 12 NO. 2 OR BETTER HF, SPF, STEEL, CONCRETE
SP OR DF-L AND MASONRY
UPLIFT
CONNECTION
BEAM-TO-POST. 4 × 6 NO. 2 OR BETTER HF, SPF,
USE TYPE 2A SP OR DF-L
OR 2B AS
APPLICABLE.
SECTION 401 404.2 The first-story walls, including the vertical reinforce-
SCOPE ment and bond beam, shall be in accordance with Chapter 2.
401.1 This chapter prescribes construction requirements for 404.3 Beams spanning openings in first-story walls shall be in
various individual building elements where one or more exte- accordance with Section 205.2 for masonry walls and in accor-
rior walls above the foundation contain a combination of build- dance with Section 209.7 for ICF walls.
ing materials. Where specific construction requirements are
not specifically prescribed in this chapter, the requirements of
Chapters 2 and 3, as appropriate, shall govern. 404.4 The second-story floor system shall be in accordance
with Section 303.
WALL STUD
MINIMUM 6” BLOCKING
WALL STUD
1
MINIMUM 1 /4 IN. BY 33
MIL STEEL STRAP
UNDER WOOD SILL
ATTACHED TO EACH
FLANGE OR STUD
ANCHOR BOLT THROUGH
PER TABLE 404
WOOD SILL AND TRACK
BOTTOM TRACK
PRESSURE TREATED
WOOD SILL
FOUNDATION CONCRETE
MASONRY OR ICF
TABLE 404
STEEL STUD TO STEEL STRAP CONNECTED
(Number of No. 8 screws per side)
DESIGN WIND SPEED
(mph)
FRAMING SPACING
(inches) 130 or less 140 150
16 1 2 3
24 2 3 4
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
ROOF ASSEMBLIES
SECTION 501 using the appropriate adjustment factor from Table 501(2)
GENERAL or shall be determined as required by Section R301 of the
501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the International Residential Code or Section 1609 of the Inter-
design, materials, construction and quality of roof assemblies national Building Code.
in high wind regions. 501.4 Safety factor. The allowable resistance of roof cover-
501.2 Application. The installation of roof assemblies shall ings based on physical testing shall use a minimum safety fac-
include the provisions of Chapter 9 of the International Resi- tor of 2.
dential Code or Chapter 15 of the International Building Code 501.5 Deflection limits. Deflection of structural members over
with the modifications provided in this Chapter 5. span, L, shall not exceed that permitted by Table 501(3).
501.3 Structural.
501.3.1 Minimum uplift pressure. The minimum design
uplift pressure for roof coverings that are not air permeable
shall resist the uplift pressures determined by Table 501(1)
TABLE 501(1)
DESIGN UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)a, b, c
DESIGN WIND SPEED, V (mph)
GABLE OR HIP
ROOF ROOF ZONES 100 110 120 130 140 150
1 18.0 21.8 25.9 30.4 35.3 40.5
0:12 to 11/2:12
2 30.2 36.5 43.5 51.0 59.2 67.9
(0° to 7°)
3 45.4 55.0 65.4 76.8 89.0 102.2
1 16.5 19.9 23.7 27.8 32.3 37.0
11/2:12 to 6:12
2 28.7 34.7 41.3 48.4 56.2 64.5
(7° to 27°)
3 42.2 51.3 61.0 71.6 83.1 95.4
1 18.0 21.8 25.9 30.4 35.3 40.3
6:12 to 12:12
2 21.0 25.5 30.3 35.6 41.2 47.3
(27° to 45°)
3 21.0 25.5 30.3 35.6 41.2 47.3
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 47.88 Pa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
NOTES:
a. Exposure B
b. Mean roof height of 30 feet.
c. Importance factor of 1.0
TABLE 501(2)
ADJUSTMENT FACTORS FOR BUILDING HEIGHT, EXPOSURE AND IMPORTANCE FACTOR
IMPORTANCE FACTOR
1.00 1.15
Exposure Exposure
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT, h
(feet) B C B C
15 1.00 1.21 1.15 1.39
20 1.00 1.29 1.15 1.48
25 1.00 1.35 1.15 1.55
30 1.00 1.40 1.15 1.61
35 1.05 1.45 1.21 1.67
40 1.09 1.49 1.26 1.71
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
TABLE 501(3)
DEFLECTION LIMITSa, f, g
ROOF MEMBERSc L Wd D + Lb, e
splice plates shall be of the same material as the gravel stop 503.3 Tin caps. Tin caps shall be not less than 15/8-inches (41
and drip edge, and shall be sized, fabricated and installed to mm) and not more than 2-inches (51 mm) in diameter and of
provide a minimum lap of 3 inches (76 mm). For roof slopes not less than 32 gage (0.010 inch) sheet metal. Cap nails or pre-
less than 2:12 the entire interior of the joint shall be coated fabricated fasteners with integral heads complying with this
with approved flashing cement. section shall be an acceptable substitute. All tin caps, cap nails
502.4.5 Attachment. The deck flange shall be nailed with a or prefabricated fasteners with integral heads shall be tested for
minimum 12 gage annular ring shank nail spaced according corrosion resistance.
to Table 502(2) unless addressed by the manufacturer’s 503.4 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with the
installation instructions. A fastener shall be installed not specific requirements for the roof covering.
more than 1 inch (25.4 mm) from the end of each metal pro-
file section where sections are joined with a splice plate.
Nails shall be manufactured from similar and/or compatible SECTION 504
material to the termination profile. All composite materials REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF COVERINGS
shall be fastened with nonferrous nails. 504.1 Scope. Roof coverings shall be applied in accordance
with Section R905 of the International Residential Code or
Section 1507 of the International Building Code, the applica-
SECTION 503 ble provisions of this section and the manufacturer’s installa-
MATERIALS tion instructions.
503.1 Roof sheathing. Roof sheathing shall be solid sheathing 504.2 Asphalt shingles. Asphalt shingles shall comply with
installed in accordance with this standard. Section R905.2 of the International Residential Code or Sec-
503.2 Fastener corrosion resistance. Fasteners shall be cor- tion 1507.2 of the International Building Code and this section.
rosion resistant complying with Section 304.3 or an equal cor- 504.2.1 Fasteners. Fasteners for asphalt shingles shall be
rosion resistance by coating, electro-galvanization, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum or copper roof-
mechanical galvanization, hot dipped galvanization, stainless ing nails, minimum 12 gage [0.105 inch (2.67 mm)] shank
steel, nonferrous metal and alloys or other suitable corro- with a minimum 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) diameter head, ASTM F
sion-resistant material. 1667, of a length to penetrate through the roofing materials
Exceptions: and a minimum of 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) into the roof sheath-
1. Fasteners used to secure roof sheathing. ing. Where the roof sheathing is less than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm)
thick, the fasteners shall penetrate through the sheathing a
2. Fasteners for concrete and clay roof tiles shall comply minimum of 3/16 inch (5 mm). Fasteners shall comply with
with Table 504.(4), Note h. ASTM F 1667.
TABLE 502(1)
METAL FLASHING MATERIAL
MINIMUM THICKNESS WEIGHT
MATERIAL (inch) GAGE (pounds per square feet)
TABLE 502(2)
FLASHING FASTENER SPACING
GREATER THAN 110 mph GREATER THAN 140
Design wind speed 90 mph TO 110 mph TO 140 mph TO 150 mph
504.2.1.1 Plastic cap nails. The nail component of plas- inch (5 mm) or penetrate 1 inch (25 mm) or greater thick-
tic cap nails shall meet ASTM A 641, Class I or an equal ness of lumber a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm).
corrosion resistance by coating, electro-galvanization,
mechanical galvanization, hot dipped galvanization, 504.2.4 Base and counter flashing. Base flashing shall be
stainless steel, nonferrous metal and alloys or other suit- of either corrosion-resistant metal with a minimum thick-
able corrosion-resistant material. ness provided in Table 502(1) or mineral surface roll roof-
ing weighing a minimum of 77 pounds per 100 square feet
504.2.2 Attachment. Asphalt shingles shall be classified in (3.76 kg/m2). Counter flashing shall be corrosion-resistant
accordance with ASTM D 3161 or ASTM D 7158 to resist metal with a minimum thickness provided in Table 502(1).
the maximum basic wind speed in accordance with Table
504(1). Asphalt shingles shall be installed using the mini- Base and counter flashing shall be installed as follows:
mum number of fasteners determined by testing for the clas-
1. In accordance with manufacturer’s installation
sification required to resist the maximum basic wind speed.
instructions, or
504.2.2.1 Attachment at eaves, rakes, valleys, gable 2. A continuous metal 4 inch by 4 inch (102 ´ 102 mm)
ends and starter strips. The intersections of shingles “L” flashing shall be set in approved flashing cement
with eaves, rakes, valleys, gable ends and starter strips and set flush to base of wall and over the
shall be set in a minimum 8-inch (203 mm) wide strip of underlayment. Both horizontal and vertical metal
approved flashing cement. Maximum thickness of flash- flanges shall be fastened 6 inches (152 mm) on center
ing cement shall be 1/8 inch (3 mm). Shingles shall not with approved fasteners. All laps shall be a minimum
extend more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) beyond the eave drip. of 4 inches (102 mm) fully sealed in approved flash-
ing cement. Flashing shall start at the lower portion of
504.2.3 Underlayment application. For roof slopes from 2
roof to ensure water-shedding capabilities of all metal
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope), up to
laps. The entire edge of the horizontal flange shall be
4 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope),
sealed, covering all nail penetrations with approved
underlayment shall be two layers applied in the following
flashing cement and membrane. Shingles shall over-
manner. Apply a 19-inch (483 mm) strip of underlayment
lap the horizontal flange and be set in approved flash-
felt parallel with and starting at the eaves, fastened suffi-
ing cement.
ciently to hold in place. Starting at the eave, apply
36-inch-wide (914 mm) sheets of underlayment, overlap- 504.2.5 Drip edge. Provide drip edge at eaves and gables of
ping successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm), and fastened shingle roofs. Overlap to be a minimum of 3 inches (76
sufficiently to hold in place. For roof slopes of 4 units verti- mm). Eave drip edges shall extend 1/2 inch (13 mm) below
cal in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope) or greater, sheathing and extend back on the roof a minimum of 2
underlayment shall be one layer applied in the following inches (51 mm). Installation of drip edge at eaves either over
manner. Underlayment shall be applied shingle fashion, or under the underlayment shall be permitted. If installed
parallel to and starting from the eave using a minimum hori- over the underlayment, there shall be a minimum 4 inch
zontal lap of 2 inches (51 mm) and a minimum end lap of 6 (102 mm) width of roof cement applied over the drip edge
inches (150 mm), fastened only as necessary to hold in flange. Drip edge shall be mechanically fastened with maxi-
place. mum fastener spacing according to Table 502(2).
504.2.3.1 Underlayment fasteners. Underlayments 504.3 Clay and concrete tile. Clay and concrete roof tiles shall
shall be fastened with minimum 12 gage [0.105 inch comply with Section R905.3 of the International Residential
(2.67 mm)] by 11/4 inch (32 mm) corrosion-resistant Code, Section 1507.3 of the International Building Code and
annular ring shank roofing nails fastened through mini- this section.
mum 32 gage (0.0097 inch) by 17/8 inch (48 mm) diame-
ter tin caps. Nails shall be of sufficient length to penetrate 504.3.1 Deck requirements. Concrete and clay roof tiles
through the sheathing or wood plank a minimum of 3/16 shall be fastened to solidly sheathed roofs.
TABLE 504(1)
MINIMUM ATTACHMENT FOR ASPHALT SHINGLES
MAXIMUM DESIGN WIND SPEED CLASSIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE CLASSIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE
(mph) (Figure 104)a TO ASTM D 3161 TO ASTM D 7158
504.3.2 Low-slope roofs. For roof slopes from 21/2 units dance with Section 1609 of the International Building
vertical in 12 units horizontal (21/2:12), up to 4 units vertical Code as a roof covering that is not air permeable based on
in 12 units horizontal (4:12), underlayment shall be applied the actual exposed width of the tile.
in one of the following methods:
Method 1: Two layer underlayment: 504.3.7.2 Installing hip and ridge tiles. Hip and ridge
tiles shall be installed using either procedure 1 or 2:
1. Starting at the eave, a 19-inch (483 mm) strip of
underlayment shall be applied parallel with the eave 1. Mechanically fastened hip/ridge tiles. Mechani-
and fastened as necessary to hold in place. cally fastened hip/ridge tiles shall use a wood ridge
2. Starting at the eave, 36-inch-wide (914 mm) strips of board and either nails or screws to secure the
underlayment felt shall be applied, overlapping suc- hip/ridge tiles. Drill a 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) hole in the
cessive sheets 19 inches (483 mm), and fastened as lower one-third of the hip/ridge starter tile. Use a
necessary to hold in place. #8 wood screw or a 10d box ring shank nail and
secure the starter tile at both the drilled hole in the
Method 2: Fully adhered cap sheet with compatible asphalt. lower third of the tile and in the preformed hole at
Method 3: Self-adhering underlayment complying with the head of the tile. The remaining hip/ridge tiles
ASTM D 1970. are to be installed with a minimum 2 inches (51
mm) headlap unless the roof tile manufacturer rec-
504.3.3 High-slope roofs. For roof slopes of 4 units vertical ommends a different headlap. Place the nose of
in 12 units horizontal (4:12) or greater, underlayment shall each subsequent hip/ridge tile into a 4 inch to 5
be a minimum of one layer of underlayment felt applied inch (102 to 127 mm) bead of roof tile adhesive
shingle fashion, parallel to and starting from the eaves and along the head of the lower tile. The head of each
lapped 2 inches (51 mm), fastened as necessary to hold in subsequent hip/ridge tile is to be secured using a #8
place. wood screw or a 10d ring shank nail. Fasteners are
504.3.4 Attachment. Clay and concrete tile shall be to have a minimum embedment of 3/4 inch (19 mm)
attached in accordance with this section and the manufac- into the roof framing. Seal the head of the fastener
turer’s instructions. Clay and concrete roof tiles shall be with a UV-resistant sealant.
secured to resist the appropriate design wind speed in accor-
2. Adhesive set hip/ridge tiles. Adhesive set
dance with this section or Section 1609.5.3 of the Interna-
hip/ridge tiles shall use a wood or metal ridge
tional Building Code. The allowable aerodynamic uplift
board and an approved roof tile adhesive to secure
moment determined by Table 504(4) plus any gravity
the hip/ridge tiles to the hip/ridge board. Install the
moment caused by the dead weight of the roof tile shall be
hip/ridge starter tile by applying a bead or paddy of
equal to or greater than the required aerodynamic uplift
an approved roof tile adhesive along the hip/ridge
moment determined by Table 504(2).
board for the entire length of the starter tile. Center
504.3.5 Mechanical fastening systems. Mechanical fas- the hip/ridge starter tile over the hip/ridge board
tening systems in Table 504(4) are the allowable aerody- and center the hip/ridge starter tile in place. The
namic uplift moment. remaining hip/ridge tiles are to be installed with a
504.3.6 Adhesive set systems. The approved allowable minimum 2 inches headlap unless the roof tile
aerodynamic uplift moment for an adhesive set system plus manufacturer recommends a different headlap
any gravity moment caused by the dead weight of the roof using one of the following methods.
tile shall be equal to or greater than the required aerody- Method 1: Apply a bead or paddy of an approved
namic uplift moment determined by Section 504.3.4.1 or roof tile adhesive along the hip/ridge board for the
Section 1609.7.3 of the International Building Code. entire length of the hip/ridge tile and center the
Underlayment type and installation shall be in accordance hip/ridge tile in place.
with the adhesive manufacturer’s published instructions.
Roof tiles using the adhesive system should be installed by Method 2: Place a 4 inch to 5 inch bead or paddy of
technicians trained and having a current certification by the approved roof tile adhesive between the head of
adhesive manufacturer. the lower hip/ridge tile and the hip/ridge board.
Center and place the head of this hip/ridge in the
504.3.7 Hip and ridge tiles. Hip and ridge tiles shall be
bead or paddy. Place a 4 inch to 5 inch bead or
secured to hip and ridge boards attached to the roof framing.
paddy of an approved roof tile adhesive on the
504.3.7.1 Hip and ridge boards. Hip and ridge boards head of the lower tile and center and place the
shall be attached to the roof framing to resist the uplift overlap of the nose of the upper tile into the bead or
pressure listed in Table 501(1) assuming the exposed paddy. Fasteners shall be installed in the hip/ridge
width of the hip/ridge tile is 1 foot (304.8 mm). For tiles on roof slopes greater than 7:12. These fasten-
installations not covered in Table 501(1), the uplift pres- ers shall be sufficient to prevent the hip/ridge tiles
sure for the hip/ridge tile shall be determined in accor- from sliding while the adhesive cures.
TABLE 504(2)
REQUIRED AERODYNAMIC UPLIFT MOMENT, MA (ft-lbfa, b, c)
EXPOSURE B
Importance factor = 1.00
Design Wind Speed, V (mph)
HEIGHT
(feet) 100 105 110 120 125 130 140 145 150
Gable roof 11/2:12 < q < 6:12 (7° < q < 27°)
Hip roof 51/2:12 < q < 6:12 (25° < q < 27°)
0-30 15.4 17.0 18.7 22.2 24.1 26.1 30.3 32.5 34.7
40 16.8 18.5 20.3 24.1 26.2 28.3 32.9 35.3 37.7
Hip roof 11/2:12 < q < 5 1/2:12 (7° < q > 25°)
0-30 11.6 12.8 14.0 16.7 18.1 19.6 22.7 24.4 26.1
40 12.6 13.9 15.2 18.1 19.6 21.3 24.6 26.4 28.3
Gable roof 6:12 < q < 12:12 (27° < q < 45°)
0-30 9.4 10.4 11.4 13.6 14.7 15.9 18.5 19.8 21.2
40 10.2 11.3 12.4 14.8 16.0 17.3 20.1 21.5 23.1
Monoslope roof 2:12 < q < 7:12 (10° < q < 30°)
0.30 16.7 18.4 20.2 24.1 26.1 28.3 32.8 35.2 37.6
40 18.2 20.0 22.0 26.2 28.4 30.7 35.6 38.2 40.9
EXPOSURE C
Importance factor = 1.00
Design Wind Speed, V (mph)
HEIGHT
(feet) 100 105 110 120 125 130 140 145 150
Gable roof 1-1/2:12 < q < 6:12 (7° < q < 27°)
Hip roof 5-1/2:12 < q > 6:12 (25° < q < 27°)
0-15 18.7 20.6 22.6 26.9 29.2 31.6 36.7 39.3 42.1
20 19.9 21.9 24.1 28.6 31.1 33.6 39.0 41.8 44.7
25 20.8 23.0 25.2 30.0 32.6 35.2 40.8 43.8 46.9
30 21.7 23.9 26.2 31.2 33.8 36.6 42.4 45.5 48.7
40 23.0 25.4 27.8 33.1 35.9 38.9 45.1 48.4 51.8
Hip roof 1-1/2:12 < q < 5 1/2 (7° < q < 25°)
0-15 14.0 15.5 17.0 20.2 21.9 23.7 27.5 29.5 31.6
20 14.9 16.4 18.0 21.5 23.3 25.2 29.2 31.3 33.5
25 15.6 17.2 18.9 22.5 24.4 26.4 30.6 32.9 35.2
30 16.2 17.9 19.6 23.4 25.4 27.4 31.8 34.1 36.5
40 17.3 19.0 20.9 24.8 27.0 29.2 33.8 36.3 38.8
Gable roof 6:12 < q < 12:12 (27° < q < 45°)
0-15 11.4 12.6 13.8 16.5 17.9 19.3 22.4 24.0 25.7
20 12.1 13.4 14.7 17.5 19.0 20.5 23.8 25.5 27.3
25 12.7 14.0 15.4 18.3 19.9 21.5 25.0 26.8 28.6
30 13.2 14.6 16.0 19.1 20.7 22.4 25.9 27.8 29.8
40 14.1 15.5 17.0 20.2 22.0 23.8 27.6 29.6 31.6
Monoslope roof 2:12 < q < 7:12 (10° < q < 30°)
0.15 20.3 22.3 24.5 29.2 31.7 34.3 39.7 42.6 45.6
20 21.5 23.7 26.1 31.0 33.7 36.4 42.2 45.3 48.5
25 22.6 24.9 27.3 32.5 35.3 38.1 44.2 47.5 50.8
30 23.5 25.9 28.4 33.8 36.6 39.6 46.0 49.3 52.8
40 24.9 27.5 30.2 35.9 38.9 42.1 48.8 52.4 56.1
(Continued)
TABLE 504(2)—continued
REQUIRED AERODYNAMIC UPLIFT MOMENT, MA (ft-lbf)
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 ft-lbf = 1.356 N×m, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
NOTES:
a. Roof tiles shall comply with the following dimensions:
(1) The total length of the roof tile shall be between 1.0 foot and 1.75 feet.
(2) The exposed width of the roof tile shall be between 0.67 and 1.25 feet.
(3) The maximum thickness of the tail of the roof tile shall not exceed 1.3 inches.
b. The required aerodynamic uplift moments in these tables are based on a roof tile that has a Tile Factor of 1.407 ft3. The required aerodynamic uplift moment for
roof tiles with a Tile Factor other than 1.407 ft3 shall be determined by using the following procedure. These tables are conservative for roof tiles with a Tile Fac-
tor less than 1.407 ft3.
(1) Calculate the Tile Factor for the desired roof tile.
Tile Factor = b (L) (La)
b = exposed width of the roof tile (ft)
L = total length of roof tile (ft)
La = moment between point of rotation and the theoretical location of the resultant of the wind uplift force. For the standard roof tiles the moment arm =
0.76 L (See International Building Code – Section 1609.7.3)
(2) Based on exposure, roof style, roof pitch, importance, basic wind speed and mean roof height, select the appropriate required aerodynamic uplift moment
from the tables for the desired roof tile.
(3) Multiply the selected required aerodynamic uplift moment by the ratio of the tile factor for the desired roof tile and 1.407 ft3.
(4) Select an attachment system that is equal to or greater than the calculated required aerodynamic uplift moment in step 3.
c. The Table 504(3) provides a combination of exposed widths and total lengths that generate a Tile Factor of 1.407 ft3. Roof tile with length and exposed width
equal to or less than those listed Table 504(3) have a Tile Factor that is equal to or less than 1.407 ft3. The required aerodynamic uplift moments for these roof tiles
are equal to or less than the required aerodynamic uplift moments in Table 504(2).
TABLE 504(3)
MAXIMUM COMBINATION OF TILE LENGTH AND TILE EXPOSED WIDTH
MAXIMUM COMBINATION OF TILE LENGTH AND TILE EXPOSED WIDTH
Maximum tile length
(inches) 20 181/2 18 171/2 161/2 16 151/2 15 141/2 14
Maximum exposed width
(inches) 8 9 1/ 4 93 / 4 101/4 113/4 121/2 131/4 133/4 14 15
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
504.3.8 Flashing. Flashing for concrete and clay roof tiles 504.3.8.2 Valleys. Valley linings shall be installed in
shall comply with this section. accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
Valley linings shall be of the following types:
504.3.8.1 Base and counterflashing. Base and
counterflashing shall be installed as follows: 1. Open valley: Install a preformed open-valley metal
1. In accordance with manufacturer’s installation having a minimum width of 16 inches (406 mm) with
instructions, or a minimum 1 inch (25 mm) high twin center diverters
and a minimum 1 inch (25 mm) high edge returns. Lap
2. A continuous metal 5 inch (vertical) by 6 inch (base)
joints must be a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) and
(127 mm by 152 mm) with 1 inch (25 mm) return shall
fully sealed with flashing cement or separator sheet.
be set in approved flashing cement and set flush to the
Flashing and separator shall be corrosion-resistant
base of the wall and over the underlayment. Both hori-
metals complying with Table 502(1).
zontal and vertical metal flanges shall be fastened 6
inches (152 mm) on center with approved fasteners. 2. Closed valley: Install a preformed valley metal hav-
All laps shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) ing a minimum width of 16 inches (406 mm) with a
fully sealed in approved flashing cement. Flashing minimum 21/2 inches (63 mm) high center diverter
shall start at the lower portion of roof. The entire edge at the flow line formed as part of the flashing and a
of the horizontal flange shall be sealed covering all minimum 1 inch (25 mm) high edge returns or
nail penetrations with approved flashing cement and preformed valley metal having a ribbed designed
membrane. Tiles shall overlap the horizontal flange. with a minimum 1 inch (25 mm) center diverter and
When installing counterflashing, lap the top flange a a minimum of four 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) ribs spaced
minimum of 21/2 inches (63 mm). The outside edge shall be 31/2 inches (89 mm) apart with a 33/4 inch (95 mm)
fastened 6 inches (152 mm) on center with approved fas- flange. Lap joints a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm)
teners. All laps shall be a minimum of 3 inches (76 mm). and fully sealed with flashing cement or separator
sheet. Flashing and separator shall be corro-
Base flashing shall be of either corrosion-resistant sion-resistant metals complying with Table 502(1).
metal with a minimum thickness provided in Table
502(1) or mineral surface roll roofing weighing a mini- 504.3.8.3 Crickets and saddles. A cricket or saddle
mum of 77 pounds per 100 square feet (3.76 kg/m2). shall be installed on the ridge side of any chimney more
Counter flashing shall be corrosion resistant metal with a than 30 inches (762 mm) wide. Cricket or saddle cover-
minimum thickness provided in Table 502(1). ings shall be sheet metal or roof tiles.
TABLE 504(4)
ALLOWABLE AERODYNAMIC UPLIFT MOMENTS, MECHANICAL FASTENING SYSTEMSa, e, h, i
DIRECT DECK INSTALLATION
15
/32 in. sheathing Allowable aerodynamic uplift resistance
Roof tile profile (plywood or code approved equivalent) (ft-lbf)
Flat/low 39.1
2-10d ring shank nailsb
Medium 36.1
(18-22 rings per inch)
High 28.6
Flat/low 39.1
Medium 1-#8 screwd 33.3
High 28.7
Flat/low 50.1
Medium 2-#8 screwsd 55.5
High 51.3
Flat/low 13.5
Medium 1-10d smooth or screw shank nailc 12.9
High 11.3
Flat/low 20.2
Medium 2-10d smooth or screw shank nailsc 19.1
High 13.1
Flat/low 25.2
Medium 1-10d smooth or screw shank nail with clipf, g 25.2
High 35.5
Flat/low 38.1
Medium 2-10d smooth or screw shank nailsc 38.1
High 44.3
BATTEN INSTALLATION
15
/32 in. sheathing Allowable aerodynamic uplift resistance
Roof tile profile (plywood or code approved equivalent) (ft-lbf)
Flat/low 24.6
2-10d ring shank nailsb
Medium 36.4
(18-22 rings per inch)
High 26.8
Flat/low 25.6
Medium 1-#8 screwd 30.1
High 25.5
Flat/low 36.1
Medium 2-#8 screwsd 41.9
High 37.1
Flat/low 10.1
Medium 1-10d smooth or screw shank nailc 8.7
High 8.2
Flat/low 12.8
Medium 2-10d smooth or screw shank nailsc 11.9
High 12.7
Flat/low 27.5
Medium 1-10d smooth or screw shank nail with clipf, g 27.5
High 29.4
Flat/low 37.6
Medium 2-10d smooth or screw shank nailsc 37.6
High 47.2
(continued)
TABLE 504(4)—continued
ALLOWABLE AERODYNAMIC UPLIFT MOMENTS MECHANICAL FASTENING SYSTEMS
DIRECT DECK INSTALLATION
15
/32 in. sheathing Allowable aerodynamic uplift resistance
Roof tile profile (plywood or code approved equivalent) (ft-lbf)
Flat/low 46.4
2-10d ring shank nailsb
Medium 45.5
(18-22 rings per inch)
High 41.2
Flat/low 16.0
Medium 1-10d smooth or screw shank nailc 15.2
High 13.0
Flat/low 25.0
Medium 2-10d smooth or screw shank nailsc 23.4
High 15.4
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot-pound force = 1.356 N ×m.
a. Fasteners shall have a minimum edge distance of 11/2 inches from the head of the tile and located in the pan of the tile to obtain the values in Table 504(4). Consult
the tile manufacturer for additional limitations or restrictions.
b. Ring shank nails shall be 10d ring shank corrosion-resistant steel with the following minimum dimensions: 3 inches long, 0.283 inch flat head diameter, 0.120
inch undeformed shank diameter, and 0.131 inch ring diameter.
c. Smooth or screw shank nails shall be 10d corrosion-resistant steel with the following minimum dimensions: 3 inches long, 0.283 inch flat head diameter, 0.120
inch undeformed shank diameter or 0.131 inch screw diameter).
d. Screws are #8 coarse threaded, minimum 21/2 inches long corrosion-resistant steel wood screws conforming to ANSI/ASME B 18.6.1.
e. The fastener hole nearest the overlock shall be used when a single nail or screw is required. The fastener hole nearest the underlock and the fastener hole nearest
the overlock shall be used when two nails or screws are required.
f. When using eave and field clips, the tiles are attached using a combination of nails and clips. Tiles are nailed to the sheathing or through the battens to the sheath-
ing with one or two 10d corrosion-resistant nails (Note b and c above) as required by Tables 504(4). Additionally, each tile is secured with a 0.060 inch thick and
0.5 inch wide clip which is secured to the plywood sheathing or eave fascia, as appropriate, with a single nail per clip. The nail shall be placed in the hole closest to
the tile for clips having more than one nail hole. The following clip/nail combinations are permitted:
1. Aluminum alloy clip with 1.25 inch HD galvanized roofing nail (0.128 inch shank diameter).
2. Galvanized steel deck clip with 1.25 inch HD galvanized roofing nail (0.128 inch shank diameter).
3. Stainless steel clip with 1.25 inch HD galvanized roofing nail (0.128 inch shank diameter).
g. Field clips and eave clips are to be located along the tile where the clip’s preformed height and the tile’s height above the underlayment are identical.
h. The nail and screw shall comply with Section 304.3
i. For attachment systems not listed in the table for 19/32 inch sheathing, use the allowable aerodynamic uplift resistance from the table for 15/32 inches sheathing.
504.3.8.4 Sidewall flashing. Flashing against a vertical Table 501(1). For installations not covered in Table 501(1),
sidewall shall be by the step-flashing method. the allowable uplift resistance for metal roof panels shall be
determined in accordance with Section 1609 of the Interna-
504.3.8.5 Other flashing. Flashing against a vertical tional Building Code.
front wall, as well as soil stack, vent pipe and chimney
flashing shall be applied according to the roof tile manu- 504.5 Metal roof shingles. Metal roof shingles shall comply
facturer’s published instructions. with Section R905.4 of the International Residential Code,
504.3.8.6 Drip edge. Drip edges shall comply with Sec- Section 1507.5 of the International Building Code and this sec-
tion 502.4 except as indicated in this section. Provide tion.
drip edges at the eaves. Installation of drip edge shall be 504.5.1 Application. Metal roof shingles shall be installed
permitted either over or under the underlayment. If in accordance with this section and the approved manufac-
installed over the underlayment, there shall be a mini- turer’s installation instructions. The installations instruction
mum 2 inch (51 mm) width of roof cement applied over shall state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment
the drip edge flange. system. The installation of metal roof shingles shall be lim-
504.4 Metal roof panels. Metal roof panels shall comply with ited to roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is equal to
Section R905.10 of the International Residential Code, Sec- or greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof listed in
tion 1507.4 of the International Building Code and this section. the appropriate Table 501(1). For installations not covered
in Table 501(1), the allowable uplift resistance for metal
504.4.1 Uplift resistance. Metal roof panels shall be roof shingles shall be determined in accordance with Sec-
installed in accordance with approved manufacturer’s tion 1609 of the International Building Code.
installation instructions. The installations instruction shall
state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment sys- 504.6 Slate and slate-type shingles. Slate and slate-type shin-
tem. The installation of metal roof panels shall be limited to gles shall comply with Section R905.6 of the International
roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is equal to or Residential Code, Section 1507.7 of the International Building
greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof listed in Code and this section.
504.6.1 Deck requirements. Slate shingles shall be fas- ing of plastic cement. The felt shall extend over the base
tened to solidly sheathed roofs. flashing 2 inches (51 mm).
504.6.2 Deck slope. Slate shingles shall only be used on 504.7 Wood shingles. Wood shingles shall comply with Sec-
slopes of 4 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33 percent tion R905.7 of the International Residential Code, Section
slope) or greater. 1507.8 of the International Building Code and this section.
504.6.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall conform to 504.7.1 Deck requirements. Wood shingles shall be installed
ASTM D 226, Type I or Type II, or ASTM D 1970. on solid sheathing. Where battens are used, the battens shall
504.6.4 Material standards. Slate shingles shall comply not be less than 1-inch by 4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm) nominal
with ASTM C 406. dimensions and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather
exposure to coincide with the placement of fasteners.
504.6.5 Fasteners. Slate shingle fasteners shall be a mini-
mum No. 10 gage copper weld, copper, stainless or alumi- 504.7.2 Deck slope. Wood shingles shall be installed on
num alloy slating nails. The nails shall be a minimum of 11/2 slopes of 3 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25 percent
inches (38 mm) for long field shingles and a minimum of 2 slope) or greater.
inches (51 mm) for hip and ridge zones. If longer nails are
required because of the thickness of the slate shingle, the 504.7.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall conform to
minimum length of the nail shall be twice the thickness of ASTM D 226, Type I or Type II, or ASTM D 1970.
slate shingle plus 1 inch (25 mm). The gage for longer nails 504.7.4 Material standards.
shall be increased as recommended by the slate shingle
manufacturer when longer nails are used. 504.7.4.1 Wood shingles. Wood shingles shall be of nat-
urally durable wood and comply with the requirements
504.6.6 Hooks. Hooks shall be copper or stainless steel. of Table 504(6).
504.6.7 Application. Minimum headlap for slate shingles 504.7.5 Application. Wood shingles shall be installed
shall be in accordance with Table 504(5). according to this section and the manufacturer’s installation
TABLE 504(5) instructions. Weather exposure for wood shingles shall not
SLATE SHINGLE HEADLAP exceed those set in Table 504(7).
HEADLAP 504.7.6 Attachment. Attachment in accordance with Table
SLOPE (inches)
504(8) shall be used for roofs with a mean roof height of 40
4:12 < slope < 8:12 4 feet (12.2 m) or less and in regions with a basic wind speed
of 100 mph (45m/s) or less.
8:12 < slope < 20.12 3
Slope > 20:12 2
504.7.7 Attachment to develop a maximum of 45 psf of
wind resistance. Wood shingles installed in accordance with
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. Table 504(8) and the requirements of Section 504.7.7 have
an allowable uplift resistance of 45 psf (255 Pa). The installa-
504.6.8 Attachment. Slate and slate-type shingles shall be tion of wood shingles shall be limited to roofs where the
installed in accordance with this section and the manufac- allowable uplift resistance is equal to or greater than the
turer’s installation instructions. The installations instruction design uplift pressure for the roof listed in Table 501(1). For
shall state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment installations not covered in Table 501(1) the allowable uplift
system. The installation of slate and slate-type shingles shall resistance for wood shingles shall be determined in accor-
be limited to roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is dance with Section 1609 of the International Building Code.
equal to or greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof
listed in Table 501(1). For installations not covered in Table 504.7.7.1 Fasteners.
501(1) the allowable uplift resistance for slate and 504.7.7.1.1 Nails. Nails to attach the wood shingles
slate-type shingles shall be determined in accordance with shall be 3d stainless steel ring shank nails. The nails
Section 1609 of the International Building Code. shall have sufficient length to penetrate through the
504.6.9 Flashing. Flashing and counterflashing shall be as wood shingles and shall penetrate through the sheath-
provided in Table 502(1) nonferrous metal or stainless steel. ing.
Valley flashing shall be a minimum of 16 inches (406 mm) 504.7.7.1.2 Screws. Screws to attach the battens to
wide. Chimney, stucco or brick walls shall have a minimum the framing shall be No. 8 by 21/2 inches (64 mm) long
of two layers of felt for cap flashing consisting of a corrosion resistant wood screws. Wood screws shall
4-inch-wide (102 mm) strip of felt set in plastic cement and be corrosion-resistant screws conforming to
extending 1 inch (25 mm) above the first felt and a top coat- ANSI/ASME B 18.6.1. The corrosion resistance shall
comply with Section 304.3.
TABLE 504(6)
WOOD SHINGLE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS
MATERIAL APPLICABLE MINIMUM GRADES GRADING RULES
Wood shingles of naturally durable wood 1, 2 or 3 Cedar shake and shingle bureau
TABLE 504(7)
WOOD SHINGLE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE
EXPOSURE (inches)
LENGTH
ROOFING MATERIAL (inches) GRADE 3:12 pitch to < 4:12 4:12 pitch or steeper
No. 1 33/ 4 5
16 No. 2 31 / 2 4
No. 3 3 31/2
No. 1 41/4 51 / 2
Shingles of naturally durable wood 18 No. 2 4 41 / 2
No. 3. 3 1/ 2 4
No. 1 5 3/ 4 71/2
24 No. 2 1 61 / 2
5 /2
No. 3 5 51 / 2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
TABLE 504(8)
WOOD SHINGLE INSTALLATION
ROOM ITEM WOOD SHINGLES
Fasteners for wood shingles shall be corrosion resistant with a minimum penetration of 3/4 inch into
Attachment the sheathing. For sheathing less than 1/2 inch thick, the fasteners shall extend through the sheathing
a mnimum of 3/8 inch.
Wood shingles shall be attached to the roof with two fasteners per shingle, positioned not more than
No. of fasteners 3/ inch from each edge and no more than 1 1/ inch above the exposure line.
4 2
504.7.7.2 Wood battens. 1 ´ 4 wood battens shall be and flashing metal shall be a minimum thickness as pro-
attached to the wood joists with 2 screws per joist. The vided in Table 502(1) nonferrous metal or stainless steel.
first batten shall be located 6 inches (152 mm) from the
outer edge of the wood joist. The second batten shall be 504.7.9 Uplift resistance. Wood shingles shall be installed
spaced 11/4 inches (27 mm) from the first batten. The in accordance with this section and the approved manufac-
remaining battens shall be spaced a maximum 2 inches turer’s installation instructions. The installation instructions
(51 mm) apart, except the last one which shall be spaced shall state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment
no more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) from the previous batten. system. The installation of wood shingles shall be limited to
roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is equal to or
504.7.7.3 Shingles. Shingles shall be attached to the bat- greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof listed in
tens with two nails for each shingle placed 11/2 inches (38 Table 501(1). For installations not covered in Table 501(1),
mm) above the exposure line. The nails shall be 3/4 to 1 the allowable uplift resistance for wood shingles shall be
inch (19 to 25 mm) from the shingle edges. determined in accordance with Section 1609 of the Interna-
tional Building Code.
504.7.8 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof and vertical
surfaces, flashing and counterflashing shall be installed in 504.7.10 Label required. Each bundle of shingles shall be
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instruc- identified by a label of an approved grading or inspection
tions, and where of metal, shall not be less than 0.019-inch bureau or agency.
(0.48 mm) (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion-resis- 504.8 Wood shakes. Wood shakes shall comply with Section
tant metal. R905.8 of the International Residential Code, Section 1507.9
504.7.8.1 Valley flashing. Valley flashing shall extend at of the International Building Code and this section.
least 11 inches (279 mm) from the centerline each way 504.8.1 Deck requirements. Wood shakes shall be
and have a splash diverter rib not less than 1 inch (25 mm) installed on solid sheathing. Where battens are used, the bat-
high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sec- tens shall not be less than 1-inch by 4-inch (25 mm by 102
tions of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 mm) nominal dimensions and shall be spaced on centers
inches (102 mm). For roof slopes of 3 units vertical in 12 equal to the weather exposure to coincide with the place-
units horizontal (25 percent slope) and over, the valley ment of fasteners.
flashing shall have a 36-inch-wide (915 mm)
underlayment of one layer of ASTM D 226 Type I 504.8.2 Deck slope. Wood shakes shall only be used on
underlayment running the full length of the valley, in slopes of 4 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33 percent
addition to other required underlayment. Valley flashing slope) or greater.
Wood shakes of naturally durable wood 1 Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau
Taper sawn shakes of naturally durable wood 1 or 2 Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau
Preservative-treated shakes and shingles of naturally durable
1 Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau
wood
Fire-retardant-treated shakes and shingles of naturally durable
1 Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau
wood
Preservative-treated taper sawn shakes of Southern yellow pine Forest Products Laboratory of the
1 or 2
treated in accordance with AWPA Standard C2 Texas Forest Services
TABLE 504(10)
WOOD SHAKE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE
EXPOSURE (inches)
LENGTH 4:12 PITCH OR
ROOFING MATERIAL (inches) GRADE STEEPER
18 No. 1 71/2
Shakes of naturally durable wood
24 No. 1 10a
18 No. 1 71/2
24 No. 1 10
Preservative-treated taper sawn shakes of Southern yellow pine
18 No. 2 5 1/ 2
24 No. 2 71 / 2
18 No. 1 71/2
24 No. 1 10
Taper shawn shakes of naturally durable wood
18 No. 2 5 1/ 2
24 No. 2 71 / 2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. For 24-inch by 0.375-inch handsplit shakes, the maximum exposure is 7.5 inches.
TABLE 504(11)
WOOD SHAKE INSTALLATION
ROOF ITEM WOOD SHAKES
504.8.8 Shake placement. The starter course at the eaves SECTION 505
shall be doubled and the bottom layer shall be either 15-inch OTHER ROOF COVERINGS
(381 mm), 18-inch (457 mm) or 24-inch (610 mm) wood 505.1 Mineral-surfaced roll roofing. Mineral-surfaced roll-
shakes or wood shingles. Fifteen-inch (381 mm) or 18-inch ing roofing shall comply with Section R905.5 of the Interna-
(457 mm) wood shakes may be used for the final course at tional Residential Code, Section 1507.6 of the International
the ridge. Shakes shall be interlaid with 18-inch-wide (457 Building Code and this section.
mm) strips of not less than No. 30 felt shingled between
each course in such a manner that no felt is exposed to the 505.1.2 Deck requirements. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing
weather by positioning the lower edge of each felt strip shall be fastened to solidly sheathed roofs.
above the butt end of the shake it covers a distance equal to 505.1.3 Deck slope. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall not
twice the weather exposure. be applied on roof slopes below 1 unit vertical in 12 units
504.8.9 Flashing. At the juncture of the roof and vertical horizontal (8 percent slope).
surfaces, flashing and counterflashing shall be in accor-
505.1.4 Underlayment. Underlayment shall conform to
dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, and
ASTM D 226, Type I or Type II, or ASTM D 1970.
where of metal, shall not be less than 0.019-inch (0.48 mm)
(No. 26 galvanized sheet gage) corrosion-resistant metal. 505.1.5 Material standards. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing
shall conform to ASTM D 6380, ASTM D 371 or ASTM D
504.8.9.1 Valley flashing. Valley flashing shall extend
3909.
at least 11 inches (279 mm) from the centerline each way
and have a splash diverter rib not less than 1 inch (25 505.1.6 Application. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall be
mm) high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing. installed according to this section and the manufacturer’s
Sections of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than installation instructions. The installation instructions shall
4 inches (102 mm). For roof slopes of 4 units vertical in state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment sys-
12 units horizontal (33 percent slope) and over, the val- tem. The installation of mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall
ley flashing shall have a 36-inch-wide (915 mm) be limited to roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is
underlayment of one layer of ASTM D 226 Type I equal to or greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof
underlayment running the full length of the valley, in listed in Table 501(1). For installations not covered in Table
addition to other required underlayment. Valley flashing 501(1), the allowable uplift resistance for mineral-surfaced
and flashing metal shall be a minimum thickness as pro- roll roofing shall be determined in accordance with Section
vided in Table 502(1) nonferrous metal or stainless steel. 1609 of the International Building Code.
504.8.10 Uplift resistance. Wood shakes shall be installed 505.2 Built-up roofs. Built-up roofs shall comply with Section
in accordance with approved manufacturer’s installation R905.9 of the International Residential Code, Section 1507.10
instructions. The installation instructions shall state the of the International Building Code and this section.
allowable uplift resistance for the attachment system. The
505.2.1 Application. Built-up roofs shall be installed
installation of wood shakes shall be limited to roofs where
according to this section and the manufacturer’s installation
the allowable uplift resistance is equal to or greater than the
instructions. The installations instruction shall state the
design uplift pressure for the roof listed in Table 501(1). For
allowable uplift resistance for the attachment system. The
installations not covered in Table 501(1), the allowable
installation of a built-up roof shall be limited to roofs where
uplift resistance for wood shakes shall be determined in
the allowable uplift resistance is equal to or greater than the
accordance with Section 1609 of the International Building
design uplift pressure for the roof listed in Table 501(1). For
Code.
installations not covered in Table 501(1), the allowable
504.8.11 Label required. Each bundle of shakes shall be uplift resistance for mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall be
identified by a label of an approved grading or inspection determined in accordance with Section 1609 of the Interna-
bureau or agency. tional Building Code.
505.3 Modified bitumen roofing. Modified bitumen roofing sure for the roof listed in Table 501(1). For installations not
shall comply with Section R905.11 of the International Resi- covered in Table 501(1), the allowable uplift resistance for
dential Code, Section 1507.11 Modified bitumen roofing of sprayed polyurethane foam roofing shall be determined in
the International Building Code and this section. accordance with Section 1609 of the International Building
505.3.1 Application. Modified bitumen roofing shall be Code.
installed according to this section and the manufacturer’s 505.7 Liquid-applied coatings. Liquid-applied coatings shall
installation instructions. The installation instructions shall comply with Section R905.15 of the International Residential
state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment sys- Code, Section 1507.15 of the International Building Code and
tem. The installation of modified bitumen roofing shall be this section.
limited to roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is 505.7.1 Application. Liquid-applied roof coatings shall be
equal to or greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof installed according to this section and the manufacturer’s
listed in Table 501(1). For installations not covered in Table installation instructions. The installation of liquid-applied
501(1), the allowable uplift resistance for mineral-surfaced roof coatings shall be limited to roofs where the allowable
roll roofing shall be determined in accordance with Section uplift resistance is equal to or greater than the design uplift
1609 of the International Building Code. pressure for the roof listed in Table 501(1). For installations
505.4 Thermoset single-ply roofing. Thermoset single-ply not covered in Table 501(1), the allowable uplift resistance
roofing shall comply with Section R905.12 of the Interna- for liquid-applied roof coatings shall be determined in
tional Residential Code, Section 1507.12 of the International accordance with Section 1609 of the International Building
Building Code and this section. Code.
505.4.1 Application. Thermoset single-ply roofs shall be
installed according to this section and the manufacturer’s
installation instructions. The installation instruction shall
state the allowable uplift resistance for the attachment sys-
tem. The installation of a thermoset single-ply roof shall be
limited to roofs where the allowable uplift resistance is
equal to or greater than the design uplift pressure for the roof
listed in Table 501(1). For installations not covered in Table
501(1), the allowable uplift resistance for thermoset sin-
gle-ply roofing shall be determined in accordance with Sec-
tion 1609 of the International Building Code.
505.5 Thermoplastic single-ply roofing. Thermoplastic sin-
gle-ply roofing shall comply with Section R905.13 of the Inter-
national Residential Code, Section 1507.13 of the
International Building Code and this section.
505.5.1 Application. Thermoplastic single-ply roofs shall
be installed according to this section and the manufacturer’s
installation instructions. The installation of a thermoplastic
single-ply roof shall be limited to roofs where the allowable
uplift resistance is equal to or greater than the design uplift
pressure for the roof listed in Table 501(1). For installations
not covered in Table 501(1), the allowable uplift resistance
for thermoplastic single-ply roofing shall be determined in
accordance with Section 1609 of the International Building
Code.
505.6 Sprayed polyurethane foam roofing. Sprayed poly-
urethane foam roofing shall comply with Section R905.14 of
the International Residential Code, Section 1507.14 of the
International Building Code and this section.
505.6.1 Application. Foamed-in-place roof insulation shall
be installed in accordance with this section and the manu-
facturer’s installation instructions. A liquid-applied protec-
tive coating that complies with Section R905.15 of the
International Residential Code or Section 1507.16 of the
International Building Code shall be applied no less than 2
hours nor more than 72 hours following the application of
the foam. The installation of foamed-in-place roof insula-
tion shall be limited to roofs where the allowable uplift
resistance is equal to or greater than the design uplift pres-
FENESTRATION
SECTION 601 doors and entry doors installed in buildings with a mean
SCOPE roof height of 30 feet (9 m) located in Exposure B are listed
in Table 602(1). For mean roof heights other than 30 feet or
This chapter prescribes performance and construction require-
other Exposure multiply the table values by the height
ments for windows, unit skylights, garage doors, sliding glass
adjustment factor of Table 602(2). Pressures shall be
doors, glass patio doors and entry doors installed in the exterior
applied in accordance with Figure 602.
wall and roof systems and door systems. Waterproofing, sealing
and flashing are not included in the scope of this section. 602.2.2 Garage doors. Design pressure requirements for
garage doors installed in buildings with a mean roof height
of 30 feet (9 m) are listed in Table 602(3).
SECTION 602
WINDOWS, UNIT SKYLIGHTS, GARAGE 602.3 Anchorage methods.
DOORS, SLIDING GLASS DOORS, GLASS 602.3.1 General. The methods cited in this section apply
PATIO DOORS AND ENTRY DOORS only to anchorage of window, unit skylight and door assem-
INSTALLED IN WALL/ROOF SYSTEMS blies to the main wind-force-resisting system.
602.1 General.
602.3.2 Anchoring requirements. All assemblies shall be
602.1.1 Performance requirements for windows, doors anchored in accordance with the manufacturer’s published
and unit skylights. The design pressure rating for windows, recommendations to resist the design pressure specified.
doors and unit skylights shall be determined in accordance Substitute anchoring systems used for substrates not speci-
with the provisions of Section 602.1.2, 602.1.3, or 602.1.4. fied by the fenestration manufacturer shall provide equal or
602.1.2 Performance requirements for windows, sliding greater anchoring performance as demonstrated by
glass doors and glass patio doors. Windows, sliding glass accepted engineering practice.
doors and glass patio doors shall be tested by an approved 602.3.3 Anchorage details for masonry, concrete or
testing laboratory and bear the permanent label of an other structural substrate. Where the wood shim or buck
approved inspection agency to indicate compliance with the thickness is less than 11/2 inches (38 mm), window and door
requirements of at least one of the following standards: assemblies shall be anchored through the main frame or by
a) ANSI/AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 jamb clip or sub-frame system, in accordance with the man-
ufacturers published installation instructions. Anchors shall
b) ANSI/AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS be securely fastened directly into the masonry, concrete or
c) AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 other structural substrate material. Unless otherwise tested,
For this section and Sections 603.1 and 603.2, a label bucks shall extend beyond the interior face of the window or
shall be permanent if it cannot be removed and reattached door frame such that the frame is fully supported.
without destroying the label or the product. Shims shall be made from materials capable of sustaining
602.1.3 Performance requirements for unit skylights. Unit applicable loads, located and applied in a thickness capable
skylights shall be tested by an approved testing laboratory and of sustaining applicable loads. Anchors shall be provided to
bear the label of an approved inspection agency to indicate transfer load from the window or door frame to the rough
compliance with the requirements of the following standard: opening substrate.
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 602.3.4 Anchorage requirements where the wood buck
thickness is 11/2 inches or greater. The buck shall be
602.1.4 Other doors. Doors not included in Section
securely fastened to transfer load to the masonry, concrete
602.1.2 shall be tested in compliance with the requirements
or other structural substrate and the buck shall extend
of at least one of the following standards:
beyond the interior face of the window or door frame. Win-
ASTM E 330 dow and door assemblies shall be anchored through the
ANSI/DASMA 108 (for garage doors) main frame or by jamb clip or sub-frame system or through
the flange to the secured wood buck in accordance with the
TAS 202 manufacturer's published installation instructions. Unless
602.1.5 Hardware. Hardware shall be tested as part of the otherwise tested, bucks shall extend beyond the interior face
assembly. Only hardware listed on the certified test report of the window or door frame such that the frame is fully sup-
shall be accepted. ported. Shims shall be made from materials capable of sus-
taining applicable loads, located and applied in a thickness
602.2 Design pressure requirements. capable of sustaining applicable loads. Anchors shall be
602.2.1 Design pressures. Design pressure requirements provided to transfer load from the window or door frame
for windows, unit skylights, sliding glass doors, glass patio assembly to the secured wood buck.
TABLE 602(1)a, b
DESIGN WIND LOADS FOR WINDOWS AND DOORS
For a Mean roof Height of 30 feet
EFFECTIVE DESIGN WIND SPEED (mph—3-second gust)
WIND AREAc
ZONE (feet2) 85 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
1 10 5.3 -13.0 5.9 -14.6 7.3 -18.0 8.9 -21.8 10.5 -25.9 12.4 -30.4 14.3 -35.3 16.5 -40.5
1 20 5.0 -12.7 5.6 -14.2 6.9 -17.5 8.3 -21.2 9.9 -25.2 11.6 -29.6 13.4 -34.4 15.4 -39.4
1 50 4.5 -12.2 5.1 -13.7 6.3 -16.9 7.6 -20.5 9.0 -24.4 10.6 -28.6 12.3 -33.2 14.1 -38.1
Roof 0 to 7 degrees
1 100 4.2 -11.9 4.7 -13.3 5.8 -16.5 7.0 -19.9 8.3 -23.7 9.8 -27.8 11.4 -32.3 13.0 -37.0
2 10 5.3 -21.8 5.9 -24.4 7.3 -30.2 8.9 -36.5 10.5 -43.5 12.4 -51.0 14.3 -59.2 16.5 -67.9
2 20 5.0 -19.5 5.6 -21.8 6.9 -27.0 8.3 -32.6 9.9 -38.8 11.6 -45.6 13.4 -52.9 15.4 -60.7
2 50 4.5 -16.4 5.1 -18.4 6.3 -22.7 7.6 -27.5 9.0 -32.7 10.6 -38.4 12.3 -44.5 14.1 -51.1
2 100 4.2 -14.1 4.7 -15.8 5.8 -19.5 7.0 -23.6 8.3 -28.1 9.8 -33.0 11.4 -38.2 13.0 -43.9
3 10 5.3 -32.8 5.9 -36.8 7.3 -45.4 8.9 -55.0 10.5 -65.4 12.4 -76.8 14.3 -89.0 16.5 -102.2
3 20 5.0 -27.2 5.6 -30.5 6.9 -37.6 8.3 -45.5 9.9 -54.2 11.6 -63.6 13.4 -73.8 15.4 -84.7
3 50 4.5 -19.7 5.1 -22.1 6.3 -27.3 7.6 -33.1 9.0 -39.3 10.6 -46.2 12.3 -53.5 14.1 -61.5
3 100 4.2 -14.1 4.7 -15.8 5.8 -19.5 7.0 -23.6 8.3 -28.1 9.8 -33.0 11.4 -38.2 13.0 -43.9
1 10 7.5 -11.9 8.4 -13.3 10.4 -16.5 12.5 -19.9 14.9 -23.7 17.5 -27.8 20.3 -32.3 23.3 -37.0
1 20 6.8 -11.6 7.7 -13.0 9.4 -16.0 11.4 -19.4 13.6 -23.0 16.0 -27.0 18.5 -31.4 21.3 -36.0
Roof > 7 to 27 degrees
1 50 6.0 -11.1 6.7 -12.5 8.2 -15.4 10.0 -18.6 11.9 -22.2 13.9 -26.0 16.1 -30.2 18.5 -34.6
1 100 5.3 -10.8 5.9 -12.1 7.3 -14.9 8.9 -18.1 10.5 -21.5 12.4 -25.2 14.3 -29.3 16.5 -33.6
2 10 7.5 -20.7 8.4 -23.2 10.4 -28.7 12.5 -34.7 14.9 -41.3 17.5 -48.8 20.3 -56.2 23.3 -64.5
2 20 6.8 -19.0 7.7 -21.4 9.4 -26.4 11.4 -31.9 13.6 -38.0 16.0 -44.6 18.5 -51.7 21.3 -59.3
2 50 6.0 -16.9 6.7 -18.9 8.2 -23.3 10.0 -28.2 11.9 -33.6 13.9 -39.4 16.1 -45.7 18.5 -52.5
2 100 5.3 -15.2 5.9 -17.0 7.3 -21.0 8.9 -25.5 10.5 -30.3 12.4 -35.6 14.3 -41.2 16.5 -47.3
3 10 7.5 -30.6 8.4 -34.3 10.4 -42.4 12.5 -51.3 14.9 -61.0 17.5 -71.6 20.3 -83.1 23.3 -95.4
3 20 6.8 -28.6 7.7 -32.1 9.4 -39.6 11.4 -47.9 13.6 -57.1 16.0 -67.0 18.5 -77.7 21.3 -89.2
3 50 6.0 -26.0 6.7 -29.1 8.2 -36.0 10.0 -43.5 11.9 -51.8 13.9 -60.8 16.1 -70.5 18.5 -81.0
3 100 5.3 -24.0 5.9 -26.9 7.3 -33.2 8.9 -40.2 10.5 -47.9 12.4 -56.2 14.3 -65.1 16.5 -74.8
1 10 11.9 -13.0 13.3 -14.6 16.5 -18.0 19.9 -21.8 23.7 -25.9 27.8 -30.4 32.3 -35.3 37.0 -40.5
1 20 11.6 -12.3 13.0 -13.8 16.0 -17.1 19.4 -20.7 23.0 -24.6 27.0 -28.9 31.4 -33.5 36.0 -38.4
Roof > 27 to 45 degrees
1 50 11.1 -11.5 12.5 -12.8 15.4 -15.9 18.6 -19.2 22.2 -22.8 26.0 -26.8 30.2 -31.1 34.6 -35.7
1 100 10.8 -10.8 12.1 -12.1 14.9 -14.9 18.1 -18.1 21.5 -21.5 25.2 -25.2 29.3 -29.3 33.6 -33.6
2 10 11.9 -15.2 13.3 -17.0 16.5 -21.0 19.9 -25.5 23.7 -30.3 27.8 -35.6 32.3 -41.2 37.0 -47.3
2 20 11.6 -14.5 13.0 -16.3 16.0 -20.1 19.4 -24.3 23.0 -29.0 27.0 -34.0 31.4 -39.4 36.0 -45.3
2 50 11.1 -13.7 12.5 -15.3 15.4 -18.9 18.6 -22.9 22.2 -27.2 26.0 -32.0 30.2 -37.1 34.6 -42.5
2 100 10.8 -13.0 12.1 -14.6 14.9 -18.0 18.1 -21.8 21.5 -25.9 25.2 -30.4 29.3 -35.3 33.6 -40.5
3 10 11.9 -15.2 13.3 -17.0 16.5 -21.0 19.9 -25.5 23.7 -30.3 27.8 -35.6 32.3 -41.2 37.0 -47.3
3 20 11.6 -14.5 13.0 -16.3 16.0 -20.1 19.4 -24.3 23.0 -29.0 27.0 -34.0 31.4 -39.4 36.0 -45.3
3 50 11.1 -13.7 12.5 -15.3 15.4 -18.9 18.6 -22.9 22.2 -27.2 26.0 -32.0 30.2 -37.1 34.6 -42.5
3 100 10.8 -13.0 12.1 -14.6 14.9 -18.0 18.1 -21.8 21.5 -25.9 25.2 -30.4 29.3 -35.3 33.6 -40.5
4 10 13.0 -14.1 14.6 -15.8 18.0 -19.5 21.8 -23.6 25.9 -28.1 30.4 -33.0 35.3 -38.2 40.5 -43.9
4 20 12.4 -13.5 13.9 -15.1 17.2 -18.7 20.8 -22.6 24.7 -26.9 29.0 -31.6 33.7 -36.7 38.7 -42.1
4 50 11.6 -12.7 13.0 -14.3 16.1 -17.6 19.5 -21.3 23.2 -25.4 27.2 -29.8 31.6 -34.6 36.2 -39.7
4 100 11.1 -12.2 12.4 -13.6 15.3 -16.8 18.5 -20.4 22.0 -24.2 25.9 -28.4 30.0 -33.0 34.4 -37.8
Wall
4 500 9.7 -10.8 10.9 -12.1 13.4 -14.9 16.2 -18.1 19.3 -21.5 22.7 -25.2 26.3 -29.3 30.2 -33.6
5 10 13.0 -17.4 14.6 -19.5 18.0 -24.1 21.8 -29.1 25.9 -34.7 30.4 -40.7 35.3 -47.2 40.5 -54.2
5 20 12.4 -16.2 13.9 -18.2 17.2 -22.5 20.8 -27.2 24.7 -32.4 29.0 -38.0 33.7 -44.0 38.7 -50.5
5 50 11.6 -14.7 13.0 -16.5 16.1 -20.3 19.5 -24.6 23.2 -29.3 27.2 -34.3 31.6 -39.8 36.2 -45.7
5 100 11.1 -13.5 12.4 -15.1 15.3 -18.7 18.5 -22.6 22.0 -26.9 25.9 -31.6 3.0.0 -36.7 34.4 -42.1
5 500 9.7 -10.8 10.9 -12.1 13.4 -14.9 16.2 -18.1 19.3 -21.5 22.7 -25.2 26.3 -29.3 30.2 -33.6
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 47.9 Pa.
a. For mean roof heights greater than 30 feet, pressures shall be multiplied by the adjustment factor of Table 602(2).
b. Pressures shall be applied in accordance with Figure 602.
c. The effective wind area is the span length multiplied by an effective width that need not be less than one-third the span length. For cladding fasteners, the effective
wind area shall not be greater than the area that is tributary to an individual fastener.
TABLE 602(2)
HEIGHT AND EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT COEFFICIENTS FOR TABLE 602(1)
MEAN ROOF HEIGHT (ft) EXPOSURE B EXPOSURE C
15 1.00 1.21
20 1.00 1.29
25 1.00 1.35
30 1.00 1.40
35 1.05 1.45
40 1.09 1.49
45 1.12 1.53
50 1.16 1.56
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
TABLE 602(3)a, b, c, d, e, f
DESIGN WIND LOADS FOR GARAGE DOORS (psf)
For a Mean Roof Height of 30 feet
ROOF ANGLE > 10 DEGREES
Effective Area: BASIC WIND SPEED (mph - 3 second gust)
Width (ft) Height (ft) 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
9 7 12.8 - 14.5 15.6 - 17.9 19.1 - 21.6 22.6 - 25.8 26.7 - 30.2 31.0 - 35.1 35.6 - 40.2
16 7 12.3 15.2 - 16.9 18.3 - 20.4 21.8 - 24.3 25.6 - 28.5 29.7 - 33.1 34.1 - 38.0
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m 2,
1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. For effective areas or wind speeds between those given above the load may be interpolated otherwise, use the load associated with the lower effective area.
b. For mean roof heights greater than 30 feet pressures shall be multiplied by the adjustment factor of Table 602(2).
c. Pressures shall be applied in accordance with Figure 602.
d. Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the building surfaces.
e. Negative pressures assume door has 2 feet of width in building’s end zone.
f. Garage doors with effective areas greater than 16’ ´ 7’ shall be permitted to use the design wind load for the 16’ ´ 7’ door.
602.3.5 Anchorage detail for conventional wood tested by an approved laboratory, the 1.5 times the design
framing. Where the framing material is wood or other pressure load shall be sustained for 10 seconds, and the per-
approved framing material, window and glass door assem- manent deformation shall not exceed 0.4 percent of the mul-
blies shall be anchored through the main frame or by jamb lion span after the 1.5 times design pressure load is
clip or sub-frame system or through the flange in accor- removed.
dance with the manufacturers published installation instruc-
tions. Shims shall be made from materials capable of
sustaining applicable loads, located and applied in a thick- SECTION 603
ness capable of sustaining applicable loads. Anchors shall WINDBORNE DEBRIS
be provided to transfer load from the window or door frame
to the rough opening substrate. 603.1 Protection. In regions within one mile of the coastal
mean high water line where the basic wind speed shown on
602.4 Mullions occurring between individual window and
Figure 104 is 110 mph (49 m/s) or greater and in all regions
door assemblies.
where the basic wind speed shown is 120 mph (54 m/s) or
602.4.1 Mullions. Mullions shall be tested by an approved greater; windows, unit skylights, sliding glass doors and glass
testing laboratory in accordance with AAMA 450, or be patio doors shall be protected with tested, permanently labeled
engineered in accordance with accepted engineering prac- and approved impact-resistant covering in compliance with the
tice. large missile test requirement of the specifications listed in this
602.4.1.1 Engineered mullions. Mullions qualified by section.
accepted engineering practice shall comply with the per- Where not protected, the window, unit skylights, sliding
formance criteria in Sections 602.4.2, 602.4.3, and glass doors and glass patio doors shall be impact resistant and
602.4.4. tested and approved by an independent laboratory, listed by an
602.4.1.2 Mullions tested as stand alone units. Mul- approved entity and bear a permanent label identifying manu-
lions tested as stand alone units in accordance with facturer, performance characteristics and approved inspection
AAMA 450 shall comply with the performance criteria agency to indicate compliance with the large missile test
in Sections 602.4.2, 602.4.3, and 602.4.4. requirements of the following specifications:
602.4.1.3 Mullions tested in an assembly. Mullions ASTM E1886 and ASTM E 1996 or
qualified by a test of an entire assembly in accordance
with AAMA 450 shall comply with Sections 602.4.2 and AAMA 506
602.4.4. Exception: Instead of tested external protection devices,
602.4.2 Load transfer. Mullions shall be designed to trans- wood structural panels may be used when they cover the
fer the design pressure loads applied by the window and glazed openings with a minimum thickness of 7/16 inch
door assemblies to the rough opening substrate. (11 mm), a maximum panel span of 8 feet (2438 mm),
and provided with attachments in accordance with Table
602.4.3 Deflection. Mullions shall be capable of resisting 603. Panels shall be precut to cover the glazed openings
the design pressure loads applied by the window and door and sized appropriately for the attachment method pro-
assemblies to be supported without deflecting more than vided. Panels shall be pre-drilled as required for the
L/175, where L is the span of the mullion in inches. anchorage method and all required hardware shall be
602.4.4 Structural safety factor. Mullions shall be capable provided. Permanent corrosion resistant attachment
of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads hardware shall be provided in accordance with Table 603
applied by the window and door assemblies to be supported or sized and spaced to resist the component and cladding
without exceeding the appropriate material stress levels. If loads in accordance with Table 602(1).
603.2 Windborne debris (impact) compliance for other large missile test requirements of at least one of the following
doors with glazing in windborne debris areas. Doors with standards:
glazing not included in Section 603.1 shall be protected with ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996
tested, permanently labeled and approved impact-resistant
covering. Where not protected, doors with glazing shall be ANSI/DASMA 115 (for garage doors)
impact resistant and tested to indicate compliance with the TAS 201,TAS 202, and TAS 203
TABLE 603
WINDBORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION FASTENING SCHEDULEa
FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELSb
FASTENER SPACING FOR WOOD FRAME STRUCTURESc (inches)
PANEL LENGTH > 2 ft PANEL LENGTH £ > 4 ft PANEL LENGTH £ > 6 ft PANEL LENGTH £
FASTENER TYPE £ 2 ft 4 ft 6 ft 8 ft
SECTION 701 ring strips by a minimum of 1/2 inch (13 mm) and shall not be
GENERAL overdriven. The underside of the head of the fastener shall con-
tact, but not penetrate, the surface of the shingle or shake.
701.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the Where pressures determined in accordance with Table
design, materials, construction and quality of exterior wall R301.2(2) of the International Residential Code exceed 30 psf
covering in high wind regions. (1437 Pa), the attachment shall be designed to resist the pre-
701.2 Application. The installation of exterior wall covering scribed wind pressures. Staples shall not be used.
shall include the provisions of Chapter 7 of the International
Residential Code or Chapter 14 of the International Building 702.4 Gypsum sheathing behind horizontal vinyl and alu-
Code with the modifications provided in this chapter. minum siding. Walls clad with gypsum sheathing behind hori-
zontal vinyl and aluminum siding shall incorporate not less
701.3 Load resistance. All exterior walls, wall coverings and than 5/8-inch-thick (16 mm) material. Installation is limited to
soffits shall be capable of resisting the design pressures speci- Exposure B and C categories in accordance with Section 104.4
fied in Table R301.2(2) of the International Residential Code and in areas where the maximum wind speed is less than110
for walls. mph (49 m/s). Material shall be fastened using 13/4-inch-long
701.4 Water-resistive barrier. One layer of No. 15 asphalt (45 mm) 11 gage galvanized roofing nails or 11/4-inch-long (36
felt or other approved water-resistive barrier shall be applied mm) Type S-12 screws spaced at 8 inches (203 mm) on center
over studs or sheathing of all exterior walls in accordance with at edges, ends and intermediate framing members. Studs shall
Section R703.2 of the International Residential Code. be spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center. Steel
framing members shall be minimum 43 mils [18 gage (1.1
701.5 Attachments. Unless specified otherwise, wall cover- mm)] material. When used to resist shear forces, application
ings shall be securely fastened in accordance with Table 701 or shall be in accordance with Sections 2210.5, 2305, or 2308.9.3
other approved aluminum, stainless steel, zinc-coated or other of the International Building Code or Section R602.10 of the
approved corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance with the International Residential Code.
approved manufacturer’s installation instructions. Where wind
pressures determined in accordance with Table R301.2(2) of 702.5 Structural fiberboard sheathing behind horizontal
the International Residential Code do not exceed 30 psf (1437 vinyl and aluminum siding. Walls clad with structural fiber-
Pa), installation of wall coverings in accordance with board sheathing behind horizontal vinyl and aluminum siding
Table.701 is permitted. shall incorporate not less than 1/2-inch-thick (13 mm) material.
Installation is limited to Exposure B and C categories in accor-
dance with Section 104.4 and in areas where the maximum wind
SECTION 702 speed is less than110 mph (49 m/s). Material shall be fastened
WOOD, HARDBOARD AND WOOD using 1 3/4-inch-long (32 mm) 11 gage galvanized roofing nails
STRUCTURAL PANEL SIDING/SHEATHING or 11/4-inch-long (32 mm) Type S-12 screws spaced at 8 inches
702.1 Attachment. Wood, hardboard and wood structural (203 mm) on center at edges, ends, and intermediate framing
panel siding/sheathing shall be attached in accordance with members. Studs shall be spaced not more than 16 inches (406
Tables 702(1) and 702(2). Specific gravities, G, for solid sawn mm) on center. Steel framing members shall be minimum 43
lumber are specified in Table 702(3). mils (18 gage) material. When used to resist shear forces, appli-
cation shall be in accordance with Sections 2210.5, 2305, or
702.2 Minimum thickness. Wood, hardboard and wood struc- 2308.9.3 of the International Building Code or Sections
tural panel siding/sheathing shall be of the minimum thickness R602.10 of the International Residential Code.
specified in Tables 702(4) and 702(5).
702.3 Wood shakes and shingles. Wood shakes and shingles,
and attachment and supports shall be capable of resisting the
wind pressures determined in accordance with Table SECTION 703
R301.2(2) of the International Residential Code. Where wind STUCCO
pressures determined in accordance with Table R301.2(2) of
the International Residential Code do not exceed 30 psf (1437 Application of stucco (portland cement plaster) shall be in accor-
Pa), each shake or shingle shall be held in place by two dance with ASTM C 926, Application of Portland Cement Based
hot-dipped zinc-coated, stainless steel or aluminum nails. The Plaster. Flashing shall be installed such that it directs water from
fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate the sheathing or fur- the drainage plane away from the interior of the building.
TABLE 701
WEATHER-RESISTANT SIDING ATTACHMENT AND MINIMUM THICKNESS
TYPE OF SUPPORTS FOR THE SIDING MATERIAL AND FASTENERSb,c
WATER Wood or wood Foam
NOMINAL RESISTIVE structural Fiberboard Gypsum plastic Number or
a
THICKNESS JOINT BARRIER panel sheathing sheathing sheathing Direct to spacing of
SIDING MATERIAL (inches) TREATMENT REQUIRED sheathing into stud into stud into stud studs fasteners
Section Yes
Stone veneer 2 See Section R703 and Figure R703.7 f
R703 (Note k)
Plywood panelh 3/
8 — Yes 0.099 0.113 0.099 0.113 0.099 6² on edges
(exterior grade) nail-2² nail-21/2² nail-2² nailu nail-2² 12² inter. sup.
Woodi rustic, drop 3/
8 min Lap Yes Face nailing
19/ up to 6²
Shiplap 32
0.113 widths, 1 nail
average Lap Yes Fastener penetration into stud-1² nail-21/2² per bearing, 8²
Bevel 7/
16
widths and
over, 2 nails
3/
Butt tip 16 Lap Yes per bearing
6d 6d 6d 6d 6² o.c. on
Fiber cement panel 5/ Yes 6d corrosion corrosion corrosion corrosion corrosion edges, 12² o.c.
16 Note o
sidingn Note t resistant nailp resistant resistant resistant resistant on intermed
nailp nailp nailp, u nailq studs
6d 6d 6d 6d
5
/16 Yes 6d corrosion corrosion corrosion corrosion corrosion
Fiber cement lap sidingn Note r Note s
Note t resistant nailp resistant resistant resistant resistant
nailp,n nailp nailp,u nails
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
a. Based on stud spacing of 16 inches on center where studs are spaced 24 inches, siding shall be applied to sheathing approved for that spacing.
b. Nail is a general description and shall be T-head, modified round head, or round head with smooth or deformed shanks.
c. Nails shall be aluminum, galvanized, or rust-preventative coated and shall be driven into the studs for fiber board or gypsum backing.
d. Aluminum nails shall be used to attach aluminum siding.
e. Aluminum (0.019 inch) shall be unbacked only when the maximum panel width is 10 inches and the maximum flat area is 8 inches. The tolerance for aluminum
siding shall be +0.002 inch of the nominal dimension.
f. All attachments shall be coated with a corrosion-resistant coating.
g. Shall be of approved type.
h. Three-eights-inch plywood shall not be applied directly to studs spaced more than 16 inches on center when long dimension is parallel to studs. Plywood 1/2-inch
or thinner shall not be applied directly to studs spaced more than 24 inches on center. The stud spacing shall not exceed the panel span rating provided by the manu-
facturer unless the panels are installed with the face grain perpendicular to the studs or over sheathing approved for that stud spacing.
(Continued)
TABLE 701—continued
WEATHER-RESISTANT SIDING ATTACHMENT AND MINIMUM THICKNESS
i. Wood board sidings applied vertically shall be nailed to horizontal nailing strips or blocking set 24 inches on center. Nails shall penetrate 11/2 inches into studs,
studs and wood sheathing combined or blocking. A weather-resistant membrane shall be installed weatherboard fashion under the vertical siding unless the siding
boards are lapped or battens are used.
j. Hard board siding shall comply with AHA A135.6.
k. For masonry veneer, a weather-resistant sheathing paper is not required over a sheathing that performs as a weather-resistant barrier when a 1-inch air space is
constructed between the veneer and the sheathing. When the 1-inch space is filled with mortar, a weather-resistant sheathing paper is required over studs or
sheathing.
l. Vinyl siding shall com ply with ASTM D 3679.
m.Vertical end joints shall occur at studs and shall be covered with a joint cover or shall be caulked.
n. Fiber cement siding shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 1186.
o. See Section R703.10.1 of the International Residential Code.
p. Minimum 0.102 inch smooth shank, 0.255 inch round head.
q. Minimum 0.099 inch smooth shank, 0.250 inch round head.
r. See Section R703.10.2 of the International Residential Code.
s. Face nailing: 2 nails at each stud. Concealed nailing: one 11 gage 11/2 in. galv. roofing nail (0.371 inch head diameter, 0.120 inch shank) or 6d galv. box nail at each
stud.
t. See Section R703.2 Exceptions of the International Residential Code.
u. Minimum nail length must accommodate sheathing and penetrate framing 1 1/2 inches.
v. Adhered masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements in Sections 6.1 and 6.3 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS-402.
TABLE 702(1)
WOOD, HARDBOARD AND WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SIDING/SHEATHING ATTACHMENT EXPOSURE CATEGORY B
100 110 120 130 140 150
Structural Sheathing
WIND SPEED
(mph) E F E F E F E F E F E F
Sheathing Stud Spacing
Locationa (inches o.c.) Nail Spacing for 8d Common Nails or 10d Box nails (inches o.c.)c
12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12
Interior zone 16 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12
24 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12b 6 12b 6 12b
12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12
Perimeter
16 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12b
edge zone
24 6 12 6 12 6 12b 6 12b 6 12b 6 12b
Board Sheathing or Lap Siding/Sheathing
Sheathing size Stud spacing
(inches nominal) (inches o.c.) Number of 8d Common Nails or 10d Box Nails per Support
1 ´ 6 or 1 ´ 8
12-24 2 2 2 2 2 2
sheathing
1 ´ 10 or larger
12-24 3 3 3 3 3 3
sheathing
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
NOTES:
E – Nail spacing at panel edges (inches)
F – Nail spacing at intermediate supports (inches)
a. For wall sheathing within 4 feet of any corner, the 4 foot perimeter edge zone attachment requirements shall be used.
b. Tabulated 12 inch o.c. nail spacing assumes sheathing attached to stud framing members with a specific gravity, G = 0.49. For framing members with
0.42 = G < 0.49, the nail spacings shall be reduced to 6 inches o.c.
c. For exterior panel siding/sheathing, substitution of galvanized box nails for common nails is permitted.
TABLE 702(2)
WOOD, HARDBOARD AND WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SIDING/SHEATHING ATTACHMENT, EXPOSURE CATEGORY C
100 110 120 130 140 150
Structural Sheathing
WIND SPEED
(mph) E F E F E F E F E F E F
Sheathing Stud Spacing
Locationa (inches o.c.) Nail Spacing for 8d Common Nails or 10d Box nails (inches o.c.)d
12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12
Interior zone 16 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12b 6 12b
24 6 12 6 12b 6 12b 6 12b 6 6 6 6
12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12 6 12b 6 12b
Perimeter edge zone 16 6 12 6 12 6 6 6 12b 6 12b 6 6
24 6 12b 6 12b 6 6 6 6 6c 6c 6c 6c
Board Sheathing or Lap Siding/Sheathing
Stud Spacing
Sheathing Size (inches o.c.) Number of 8d Common Nails or 10d Box Nails per Support
1 ´ 6 or 1 ´ 8 Sheathing 12-24 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 ´ 10 or Larger Sheathing 12-24 3 3 3 3 3 3
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
E – Nail spacing at panel edges (inches)
F – Nail spacing at intermediate supports (inches)
a. For wall sheathing within 4 feet of any corner, the 4 foot perimeter edge zone attachment requirements shall be used.
b. Tabulated 12 inch o.c. nail spacing assumes sheathing attached to stud framing members with a specific gravity, G = 0.49. For framing members with
0.42 = G < 0.49, the nail spacings shall be reduced to 6 inches o.c.
c. Tabulated 6 inch o.c. nail spacing assumes sheathing attached to stud framing members with a specific gravity, G = 0.49. For framing members with
0.42 = G < 0.49, the nail spacings shall be reduced to 4 inches o.c.
d. For exterior panel siding/sheathing galvanized box nails shall be permitted to be substituted for common nails.
TABLE 702(3)
SPECIFIC GRAVITIES OF SOLID SAWN LUMBER
SPECIES COMBINATION SPECIFIC GRAVITYa, G SPECIES COMBINATION SPECIFIC GRAVITYa, G
Aspen 0.39 Mountain Hemlock 0.47
Balsam Fir 0.36 Northern Pine 0.42
Beech-Birch-Hickory 0.71 Northern Red Oak 0.68
Coast Sitka Spruce 0.39 Northern Species 0.35
Cottonwood 0.41 Northern White Cedar 0.31
Douglas Fir-Larch 0.50 Ponderosa Pine 0.43
Douglas Fir-Larch (North) 0.49 Red Maple 0.58
Douglas Fir-South 0.46 Red Oak 0.67
Eastern Hemlock 0.41 Rid Pine 0.44
Eastern Hemlock-Balsam Fir 0.36 Redwood, close grain
0.44
Eastern Hemlock-Tamarack 0.41 Redwood, open grain
0.37
Eastern Hemlock-Tamarack (North) 0.47 Sitka Spruce
Eastern Softwoods 0.36 0.43
TABLE 702(4)
WOOD, HARDBOARD AND WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SIDING/SHEATHING MINIMUM THICKNESS EXPOSURE CATEGORY B
WIND SPEED
(mph) 100 110 120 130 140 150
Wood Structural Panel and Hardboard Panel Siding/Sheathing
(Short dimension across studs)
Stud Spacing
(inches o.c.) Minimum Panel Thickness (inches)
3/ 3/ 3/ 3/ 3/ 3/
12 8 8 8 8 8 8
16 3/ 3/ 3/ 7/ 15/ 15/
8 8 8 16 32 32
12-16 7/ 7/ 7/ 7/ 7/ 7/
16 16 16 16 16 16
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
TABLE 702(5)
WOOD, HARDBOARD AND WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SIDING/SHEATHING MINIMUM THICKNESS EXPOSURE CATEGORY C
WIND SPEED
(mph) 100 110 120 130 140 150
Wood Structural Panel and Hardboard Panel Siding/Sheathing
(Short dimension across studs)
Stud Spacing
(inches o.c.) Minimum Panel Thickness (inches)
12 3/ 3/ 3/ 3/ 3/ 7/
8 8 8 8 8 16
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
SECTION 704 704.3 For areas with design wind speeds of 140 mph (63 m/s),
BRICK VENEER the provisions described in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Building
Co d e Req u ir e m e n ts f o r Mas o n r y S tr u c tu r e s A CI
704.1 Scope. These provisions apply to anchored masonry 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05, for anchored veneers shall
veneers attached to backing systems that have been designed to apply except that the tributary areas and tie spacing shall be
resist all the wind loading on the veneer. Figure 704 shows the reduced to 85 percent of those listed for 130 mph (58 m/s)
application of brick veneer to a one- or two-story concrete or design wind speeds.
masonry wall, for buildings with slab-on-grade foundation.
Use Table 704 for metal tie thickness and spacing. A 704.4 For areas with Design Wind Speeds of 150 mph, the pro-
water-resistant barrier shall be applied between the masonry or visions described in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the Building Code
concrete wall and the brick veneer. Requirements for Masonry Structures ACI 530-05/ASCE
5-05/TMS 402-05 for anchored veneers shall apply except that
the tributary areas and tie spacing shall be reduced to 75
704.2 For areas with design wind speeds up to 130 mph (58 percent of those listed for 130 mph (58 m/s) design wind
m/s), the provisions described in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the speeds.
Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures,ACI
530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05, for anchored veneers shall 704.5 Lintels. Lintel angles for support of brick veneer over
apply, with spacing and tie tributary area requirements as openings shall be provided in accordance with Section
applicable for the design wind speed under consideration. R703.7.3 of the International Residential Code.
TABLE 704
METAL TIES FOR BRICK VENEERa
MINIMUM THICKNESS MAXIMUM SPACING
METAL TIE TYPE (gage) (inches)
Rectangular (box) 0.148 inch (9) 18² o.c. vertical and 32² horizontal
Ladder or truss 0.148 inch (9) 18² o.c. vertical
Adjustable ladder 0.148 inch (9) 18² o.c. vertical and 32² horizontal
Corrugated 0.0299 inch (22) 18² o.c. vertical and 32² horizontal
a. Corrugated metal ties permitted on wood frame construction only.
SECTION 705 square foot pressure (1438 Pa), attachment of metal veneers in
VINYL SIDING accordance with Table 701 is permitted.
705.1 Vinyl siding. Vinyl siding shall be certified and labeled 708.3 Weather protection. Metal supports for exterior metal
as conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 3679 by an veneer shall be protected by painting, galvanizing or by other
approved quality control agency. Vinyl siding shall be tested equivalent coating or treatment. Wood studs, furring strips or
and verified for use in high wind areas as specified in Section other wood supports for exterior metal veneer shall be
701.3 based on ASTM D 3679 Annex 1. Vinyl siding, soffit approved pressure-treated wood or protected as required in
and accessories shall be installed in accordance with the manu- Section 1403.2 of the International Building Code. Joints and
facturer’s installation instructions. edges exposed to the weather shall be caulked with approved
durable waterproofing material or by other approved means to
prevent penetration of moisture.
SECTION 706
EXTERIOR INSULATION
FINISH SYSTEMS, GENERAL SECTION 709
All Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS) shall be DRAINED ASSEMBLY WALL
designed or tested to meet the wind pressures specified in Table OVER MASS ASSEMBLY WALL
R301.2(2) of the International Residential Code and installed Where wood frame or other types of drained wall assemblies
in accordance with the manufacturer’s approved installation are constructed above mass wall assemblies, flashing or other
instructions and the requirements of this section. Decorative approved drainage system shall be installed as required by
trim shall not be face nailed through the EIFS. The EIFS shall R703.8 of the International Residential Code.
terminate not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the finished
ground level.
SECTION 707
FIBER CEMENT SIDING
707.1 General. Fiber cement siding complying with ASTM C
1186 shall be permitted on exterior walls in accordance with
the approved manufacturer’s installation instructions.
707.2 Fastening. Weather boarding and wall coverings shall
be securely fastened with aluminum, copper, zinc, zinc-coated
or other approved corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance
with the manufacturer’s approved installation instructions.
Attachment and supports shall be capable of resisting the wind
pressures determined in accordance with Table R301.2(2) of
the International Residential Code. Where the wind pressure
determined in accordance with Table R301.2(2) does not
exceed 30 pounds per square foot (1437 Pa) pressure, fiber
cement siding is permitted to be attached in accordance with
Table 701.
SECTION 708
METAL VENEERS
708.1 General. Veneers of metal shall be fabricated from
approved corrosion-resistant materials or shall be protected
front and back with porcelain enamel, or otherwise be treated
to render the metal resistant to corrosion. Such veneers shall
not be less than specified in Table R703.13 of the International
Residential Code mounted on wood or metal furring strips or
approved sheathing on the wood construction.
708.2 Attachment. Exterior metal veneer shall be securely
attached to the supporting masonry or framing members with
corrosion-resistant fastenings, metal ties or by other approved
devices or methods capable of resisting the wind pressures
specified in Table R301.2(2) of the International Residential
Code, but in no case less than 20 psf (958 Pa). Where the wind
pressure determined in accordance with Table R301.2(2) of the
International Residential Code do not exceed 30 pounds per
REFERENCED STANDARDS
This chapter lists the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the
promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this
document that reference the standard.
ASTM International
C 652-05 Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202.1.1
C 685/C685M-01 Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209.2.1.1
C 754- 04 Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-attached Gypsum Panel Products . . . . . . Table 102
C 926-98a (2005) Application of Portland Cement Based Plaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703
C 1019-03 Test Method of Sampling and Testing Grout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202.1.3
C 1186-02 Specification for Flat Nonasbestos Fiber Cement Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 701(5), 707
D 41-e01 Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing,Dampproofing, and Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502.2.2
D 43-00 Specification for Coal Tar Primer Used in Roofing, Damproofing and Waterproofing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502.2.2
D 226-97a Specification for Asphalt–saturated (Organic Felt) Used in Roofing and Waterproofing . . . . . . . . . 504.6.3, 504.7.3, 504.7.8.1,
504.8.3, Table 504.(11), 504.8.9.1, 505.1.4
D 371-89(1996) Standard Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) Surfaced
with Mineral Granules; Wide Selvage (Withdrawn 2002) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.1.5
D 1970-01 Specification for Self–adhering Polymer Modified Bitumen Sheet Materials Used as
Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504.3.2, 504.6.3, 504.7.3, 504.8.3, 505.1.4
D 3161-03b Test Method for Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan Induced Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504.2.2, Table 504(1)
D 3679-04 Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Table 701, 705
D 3909-97b Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Glass Felt) Surfaced with Mineral Granules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505.1.5
D 6380-01e1 Standard Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .505.1.5
D 7158-05 Standard Test Method for Wind Resistance of Sealed Asphalt
Shingles (Uplift Force/Uplift Resistance Method) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504.2.2, Table 504(1)
E 84-04 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209.2.3
E 119-00 Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209.4.1
E 330-02 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by
Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .602.1.4
E 1886-05 Standard Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors, and Storm
Shutters Impacted by Missile(s) and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.1, 603.2
E 1996-05b Standard Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Glazed Curtain Walls, Doors
and Storm Shutters Impacted by Windborne Debris in Hurricanes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603.1, 603.2
F 1554-99 Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel 36,55 and 105-ksi Yield Strength. . . . . . . . 207.6.2, 209.2.2.2, 404.5.1, 404.5.2
F 1667-05 Specification for Driven Fasteners, Nails, Spikes, and Staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202.1.7.2, 504.2.1
G85-02e1 Standard Practice for Modified Salt Spray (Fog) Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202.1.7.3.1, 304.3.1
FloridaCodes
2555 Shumard Oak Blvd.
Tallahassee, FL 32399-2100
Standard Referenced
reference in section
number Title number
TAS 201-94 Florida Building Code – Test Protocols – Impact Test Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .603.2
TAS 202-94 Florida Building Code – Test Protocols – Criteria For Testing Impact and
Nonimpact Resistant Building Envelope Components Using Uniform Static Air Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602.1.4, 603.2
TAS 203-94 Florida Building Code – Test Protocols – Criteria For Testing Products Subject To Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading . . . . . 603.2
WI
ND
FIGURE A1
FOUNDATION ANALYSIS MODEL, GLOBAL OVERTURNING
5. Where open style foundations per FEMA 550 Design B2.2. Girders shall be selected as follows.
Cases B, C, D or G are used, sheathing type adjustments
per WFCM Section 3.4.4.2.1 and Table 3.17D are per- Primary girder - Girders supporting any floor or roof
mitted only where the tabulated adjustment factor is framing perpendicular to the axis of the girder and resist-
greater than 1, resulting in greater shearwall lengths. ing reactions from shearwall segments shall be designed
as a primary girder. The maximum allowable primary
Exception: Use of tabulated adjustment factors less
girder spans for one-story homes are specified in Table
than 1 is permitted where girders and girder connec-
B1(1); maximum primary girders spans for two-story
tions to open foundations are designed to applicable
homes are specified in Table B1(2).
requirements of the International Building Code.
6. Open style foundations using concrete columns and Secondary girder - Girders supporting no floor or roof
grade beams per FEMA 550 Design Cases B, C, D and G framing oriented perpendicular to the axis of the girder
are constructed with primary, secondary and center floor and resisting reactions from shearwall segments may be
girders and connections in accordance with Section B2 designed as a secondary girder. Maximum spans for sec-
of this standard or designed to applicable requirements ondary girders for one-story homes shall be as specified
of the International Building Code. in Table B2(1); secondary girders for two-story homes
shall be as specified in Table B2(1).
7. Girder and girder connections for open style braced tim-
ber pile foundations (FEMA 550 Case A) shall be Center girder - Girders supporting only floor framing
designed as required by Section 305.4. oriented perpendicular to the axis of the girder and not
8. Design roof snow load is 20 psf (98 kg/m 2) or less supporting any roof loads or resisting any reactions from
shearwall segments may be designed as a center girder.
B1.2 Flood hazards areas. Flood hazard areas shall be estab- Center girders for one-story homes shall be as specified
lished by International Residential Code Table R301.2(1). in Table B3(1); center girders for two-story homes shall
B.2 Building/foundation interface. Where required by Sec- be as specified in Table B3(2).
tion C1.1, Item 6, floor girders and connections attaching the
elevated residential building to the flood-resistant foundation B.2.3 Girder spans. Primary girder spans may not exceed
shall be in accordance with Section B.2 of this standard. spans specified in Table B1(1) for single-story homes and
B1(2) for two-story homes. Secondary girders spans shall
B.2.1. Girders shall be considered primary, secondary or not exceed spans specified in Table B2(1) for single-story
center based on the supported loads. Girders for a rectangu- homes and B2(2) for two-story homes. Center girder spans
lar building element with conventional floor and roof fram- may not exceed spans specified in Table B3(1) for sin-
ing are shown in Figure B2. gle-story homes and B3(2) for two-story homes.
ROOF FRAMING
PERPENDICULAR TO ORIENTATION
RIDGE SHEAR PANELS
SEE WFCM TABLE 3.17A
PARALLEL TO
bles RIDGE SHEAR
See Ta 3(2) PANELS
B
B3(1) & SEE WFCM
TABLE 3.17B
CONCRETE
COLUMN
SEE
FEMA 550
S
SHEAR PANEL SEE PAN
TIE DOWN B2(1 TABLES B3 SPAN ES
)&B
2(2) TABL
B4 SEE & B1(2)
)
B1(1
CENTER GIRDER
(TYP)
SECONDARY GIRDER
(TYP) FLOOR JOIST PRIMARY GIRDER
ORIENTATION (TYP)
FIGURE B2
GIRDER IDENTIFICATION
TABLE B1(1)
PRIMARY GIRDER SPANS FOR ONE-STORY HOMES
(beam supporting gravity loads and shear reactions from wind loads parallel to ridge)b,c,d,e,f,g,h
MAXIMUM GIRDER SPAN
(ctr to ctr column spacing in ft-in.)
Number of Members
13/4² by 117/8² structural glued laminated timber 28F-2.1E
LENGTH OF SHEAR WALLS 2 3 4
TABLE B1(2)
PRIMARY GIRDER SPANS FOR TWO-STORY HOMES
(beam supporting gravity loads and shear reactions from wind loads parallel to ridge)
MAXIMUM GIRDER SPAN
(ctr to ctr column spacing in ft-in.)
Number of Members
13/4² by 117/8² structural glued laminated timber 28F-2.1E
LENGTH OF SHEAR WALLS 2 3 4
TABLE B2(1)
SECONDARY GIRDER SPANS FOR ONE-STORY HOMESb,c,d,e,f,g,h
(beam supporting end wall and shear reactions from wind loads parallel to ridge)
MAXIMUM GIRDER SPAN
(ctr to ctr column spacing in ft-in.)
Number of Members
13/4² by 117/8² structural glued laminated timber 28F-2.1E
LENGTH OF SHEAR WALLS 2 3
TABLE B2(2)
SECONDARY GIRDER SPANS FOR TWO-STORY HOMESb,c,d,e,f,g,h
(beam supporting end wall and shear reactions from wind loads parallel to ridge)
TABLE B3(1)
CENTER GIRDER SPANS FOR TWO-STORY HOMESb,c,d,e,f,g,h
(beam supporting gravity loads from floor and interior walls only and no shear reactions)
MAXIMUM GIRDER SPAN
(ctr to ctr column spacing in ft-in.)
Number of Members
13/4² by 117/8² structural glued laminated timber 28F-2.1E
1 2 3
TABLE B3(2)
CENTER GIRDER SPANS FOR TWO-STORY HOMESa,b,c,d,e,f,g
(beam supporting gravity loads from floor and interior walls only and no shear reactions)
MAXIMUM GIRDER SPAN
(ctr to ctr column spacing in ft-in.)
Number of Members
13/4² by 117/8² structural glued laminated timber 28F-2.1E
1 2 3 4
B.2.4 Horizontal shearwall connections. Horizontal shear (10.39 kN) for 10 foot (3048 mm) tall shear panels
connections between horizontal diaphragms and vertical [3,488 pounds (15.5 kN) for 8 foot (2438 mm) tall shear
shearwalls shall comply with Chapter 3 of ICC 600 – Stan- panels). Tie-downs securing shear panels for two-story
dard for Residential Construction in High Wind Regions. homes shall have a working design load of 8,720 pounds
B.2.5 Vertical shearwall connections. Connections (38.79 kN) for 10-foot (3048 mm) tall shear panels
between shearwall hold-downs and primary floor girders [6,976 pounds (31 kN) for 8-foot (2438 mm) tall shear
shall be constructed as detailed in Figure B3. Connections panels).
between shearwall hold-downs and secondary floor girders B.2.5.3 Connections between primary, secondary and
shall be constructed as detailed in Figure B4. center girders and the reinforced columns of FEMA 550
B.2.5.1 Hold-downs securing shear panels for one-story open foundations shall be as detailed in FEMA 550. Col-
homes shall have a listed working allowable load of umn sizes may be increased up to 4 inches (102 mm) to
4,360 pounds (20,47 kN) for 10 foot (3048 mm) tall accommodate wider beams than those detailed in FEMA
shear panels [3,488 pounds (15.5 kN)for 8 foot (2438 550 if the 21/2 inch (64 mm) concrete cover for reinforc-
mm) tall shear panels]. Hold-downs securing shear pan- ing steel prescribed in FEMA 550 is maintained.
els for two-story homes shall have a working design B.2.5.4 Connections between FEMA 550 enclosed foun-
allowable load of 8,720 pounds (38.79 kN) for 10-foot dations (Design Cases E and F) shall be in accordance
(3048 mm) tall shear panels [6,976 pounds (31 kN) for with Section 305.2.3 of ICC-600 Standard for Residen-
8-foot (2438 mm) tall shear panels]. tial Construction in High Wind Regions.
B.2.5.2. Tie-downs securing shear panels for one-story
homes shall have a listed working load of 4,360 pounds
SHEAR PANEL
TIE DOWN
SHEAR
PANEL
TIE DOWN
FLOOR
JOIST
LAMINATED
TIMBER LAMINATED
(WITH SPACER TIMBER
FOR TIE DOWN (WITH SPACER
BOLT) FOR TIE
DOWN BOLT)
4² ´ 4² ´ /8 PLATE
3
4² ´ 4² ´ /8² PLATE
3
SHEAR PANEL TIE DOWN ROD SHEAR PANEL TIE DOWN ROD
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
FIGURE B3 FIGURE B4
PRIMARY BEAM AND SHEAR PANEL SECONDARY BEAM AND SHEAR PANEL
TIE-DOWN CONNECTION DETAIL TIE-DOWN CONNECTION DETAIL
[The information contained in this appendix is not part of this American National Standard (ANSI) and has not been processed in
accordance with ANSI’s requirements for an ANS. As such, this appendix may contain material that has not been subjected to pub-
lic review or a consensus process. In addition, it does not contain requirements necessary for conformance to this standard.]
(continued)
202.1 MATERIALS
Concrete masonry units (ASTM C90, 1900 psi min.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No NA
Clay masonry units (ASTM C 62, C 216 or C 652 Class H40V, 4400 psi min. Type M or S mortar,
5500 psi min. Type N mortar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No NA
Mortar, structural (Type M, S, ASTM C 270) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No NA
Mortar, veneer (Type M, S or N, ASTM C 270) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No NA
Grout (fine or coarse with 3/8 in. max. aggregate, 8-11 in. slump, per ASTM C 476 proportion
specification or 2000 psi min. per ASTM C 476 property specification) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No NA
Concrete (2500 psi minimum compressive strength per Section 209.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psi = _______ Yes No NA
Reinforcing steel (grade 60 minimum, ASTM A 615, A 706 or A 996) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM A _____ Grade _____
Corrosion protection for metal accessories
1. Metal accessories for exterior wall construction hot dipped galvanized Yes No N/A
2. Metal accessories for interior wall construction mill galvanized Yes No N/A
Fasteners and connectors exposed to weather or subject to salt corrosion in coastal areas Yes No N/A
1. Screws, bolts and nails per Section 202.1.7.3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
2. Metal plates and connectors per Section 202.1.7.3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
202.3 REINFORCING STEEL
Size of bond beam reinforcement (No. 4, 5, 6 or 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No._________
Size of vertical wall reinforcement (No. 4 or 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No._________
Length of lap splices in bond beams (Table 202) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _________ in.
Length of lap splices in vertical wall reinforcement (Table 202) _________ in.
202.4 MASONRY COVER OVER REINFORCING STEEL Yes No N/A
Does minimum cover over steel comply with Section 202.4 at all locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
202.5 CLEAN OUT OPENINGS
Clean out openings provided per Section 202.5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
203 FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS
203.1 DESIGN
Exterior walls, bearing walls and columns supported on concrete footings Yes No N/A
Footings width per Table 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W = _____ Yes No N/A
Footings thickness (minimum 8 in.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T = _____ Yes No N/A
203.2 FOOTING DOWELS
Footing dowel bars located per Section 203.3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Same size as vertical reinforcement with Std 90-degree hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Minimum embedment 5 inches into 8-inch thick footings and 6 inches into all other footings . . . . . . . . . Yes No
204 FLOOR SYSTEMS
204.1 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE
Concrete slab on grade (31/2 inch thick min., no reinforcement required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
204.2 SUSPENDED CONCRETE SLABS
Hollowcore floor system per manufacturer's design) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
(continued)
(continued)
(continued)
158 STANDARD FOR RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION IN HIGH-WIND REGIONS—2008
APPENDIX C
(continued)
Roof diaphragm framing, sheathing and fasteners per International Building Code ____________ nails at
Tables 2306.3.1 and 2306.3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______in. thick ____________ in o.c.
207.6 CONNECTIONS FOR WOOD ROOF SYSTEMS
Sidewall, truss/rafter direct to bond beam:
Connector rating for uplift [Table 207(3)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________ lb
Connector rating for lateral load parallel to wall [Table 207(1)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________ lb
Connector rating for load perpendicular to the wall [Table 207(2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________ lb
Sidewall, bolted top plate alternate:
Bolt, washer, nut, top plate material per Section 207.6.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Bolt spacing (24 inches @ 100 mph, 21 inches @ 120 mph, 16 inches @ 140 mph) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
9/ inch max. dia. bolt hole in top plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
16
(continued)
Vertical reinforcement for waffle-grid ICF walls [Table 209(4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Vertical reinforcement for screen-grid ICF walls [Table 209(5)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Horizontal reinforcement (Min. four #4, placed per Section 209.5.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Horizontal reinforcement continuous around corners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Vertical reinforcement continuous from bottom of foundation to roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Vertical reinforcement terminates in 90-degree hook at top of wall where design pressure > 40 psf . . . . . Yes No N/A
Vertical and horizontal reinforcement placed within middle third of wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
209.6 MINIMUM LENGTH OF WALL WITHOUT OPENINGS
Wind velocity pressure for solid wall length [Table 209(6)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______________ psf
Minimum 24 inch full height solid wall segment at all corners of exterior walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Minimum 18 feet between solid wall segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Minimum solid end wall length for flat ICF walls [Table 209(7)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Minimum solid sidewall wall length for flat ICF walls [Table 209(8)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Minimum solid end wall length for waffle and screen-grid ICF walls [Table 209(9)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Minimum solid sidewall length for waffle and screen-grid ICF walls [Table 209(10)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
209.7 WALL OPENINGS
Minimum depth of concrete over wall openings (8 inches for flat and waffle-grid ICF and 12 inches
for screen-grid ICF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Lintels provided when width of wall opening greater than or equal to 2 feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Lintels provided when depth of concrete above wall opening is less than 12 inches for flat or
waffle-grid ICF walls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Reinforcement around openings [Table 209(11), Figure 209(8)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Horizontal reinforcement above or below openings extends minimum 24 inches beyond opening . . . . . . Yes No
Perimeter of all wall openings framed per Section 209.7.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Lintels for flat ICF walls [Table 209(12) or 209(13) and Figure 209(9)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Lintels for waffle-grid ICF walls [Table 209(14) or 209(15) and Figure 209(10) or 209(11)] . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Lintels for screen-grid ICF walls [Table 209(16) or 209(17) and Figure 209(12) or 209(13)] . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Lintels without stirrups in flat or waffle-grid ICF walls meet Table 209(18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Lintels for large clear spans meet Table 209(19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Lintels for nonload-bearing wall meet Table 209(20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
No. 3 stirrups installed in lintels where required (Section 209.7.2.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
One #4 horizontal bar in top of lintel (Section 209.7.2.3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Horizontal wall reinforcement serves as lintel reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
209.8 ANCHORAGE TO FLOORS AND ROOFS
Floor bolted to top of ICF wall option
Wood sill plate anchored with 1/2 inch bolts (embedded 7 inches, max. 48 inches o.c., not more than
12 inches from corners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Anchor bolts for waffle-grid and screen-grid walls located in the cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Cold-formed steel anchored per Sections 303.1.2 and 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Floor supported by wood ledger boards
(continued)
Quantity, size, spacing and installation of anchor bolts for flat ICF walls having min. thickness of
5.5 inches or screen-grid walls having min. thickness of 6 inches [Table 209(21) and Figures
209(15) through 209(18)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Quantity, size, spacing and installation of anchor bolts for flat ICF walls having min. thickness of 3.5
inches [Table 209(21) and Figure 209(17)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Ledger minimum #2 Southern Pine or Douglas Fir lumber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Anchor bolts embedded 4 inches into concrete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Ledger board in direct contact with concrete at bolt locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Hole in form for anchor bolt adequate size (Section 209.8.1.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
1/
Ledgers supporting floor or roof sheathing anchored to nonload-bearing walls attached with 2 inch
bolts spaced a maximum of 6 feet o.c.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Roof to wall connection
Wood sill plate anchored with 1/2 inch bolts [embedded 7 inches, max 6 feet o.c., Figure 209(19)]. . . . Yes No
Anchor bolts located in cores of waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Rafter or truss ties provided where roof uplift pressure is 20 psf or greater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Floor and roof diaphragm construction
Wood-framed floor and roof diaphragm per Section 303.1.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Cold-formed steel framed floor and roof and roof diaphragms per Section 303.1.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
(continued)
Min. 3 inches ´ 3 inches ´ 0.229 inch steel plate washers at anchor bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Nail spacing in a single row no closer than 3 inches o.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
7/
Panels minimum 16 inches thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
1/
Panels overlap top member of double top plate and bottom plate by 1 2 inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Panel strength axis parallel to studs, horizontal joints over framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Framing anchors and connectors provided where windows and doors interrupt sheathing or siding . . . . . Yes No N/A
Fastening of sheathing per WFCM Table 3.17D and 3.17E to meet shear requirements from ______d nail at
Table 3.17A (wind perpendicular to ridge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______² o.c. edges
(continued)
Fastening of sheathing per WFCM Table 3.17D and 3.17E to meet shear requirements from ______d nail at
Table 3.17B (wind parallel to ridge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______² o.c. edges
Uplift load on walls perpendicular to ridge WFCM Table 2.2A or Table 2.2C for gable ends . . . . . . . . . . ________________plf
Uplift load on walls parallel to ridge WFCM Table 2.2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________plf
Alternate top and bottom edge nailing required for shearwall perpendicular to ridge [Table 307(1)] . . . . ______d nail at
______² o.c. edges
Alternate top and bottom edge nailing required for shearwall parallel to ridge [Table 307(1)] . . . . . . . . . ______d nail at
______² o.c. edges
Uplift provided on walls perpendicular to ridge exceeds required uplift? . . . . . . . . provided _______ psf Yes No N/A
Uplift provided on wall parallel to ridge exceeds required uplift? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . provided _______ psf Yes No N/A
307.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING USED TO RESIST UPLIFT ONLY
Anchor bolts spaced 16 inches or less o.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Min. 3 inches ´ 3 inches ´ 0.229 inch steel plate washers at anchor bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Nail spacing in a single row no closer than 3 inches o.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Panels minimum 7/ inch thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
16
Panels overlap top member of double top plate and bottom plate by 1 1/ 2 inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Uplift load on walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________plf
Top and bottom edge nailing required for sheathing or siding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______d nail at
______² o.c. edges
Uplift provided exceeds required uplift? [Table 307(2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . provided _______ psf Yes No N/A
308 OPEN STRUCTURES
308.1 GENERAL
Unenclosed or partially enclosed structures or portions attached or detached have engineered design in
accordance with International Building Code except as provided in Section 308.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
308.2 PRESCRIPTIVE INSET PORCHES
Inset porch dimensions not greater than 8 feet depth by 20 feet width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Type 1 required connection capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________lb
Type 1 connection provided where required [Figures 308(2), 308(3) or 308(4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Ends of porch require Type 2A or 2B connection (check one) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type 2A _________
Type 2B _________
Type 2A required capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________ lb N/A
Type 2B required capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________ lb N/A
Type 2A or 2B connection provided at tops and bottoms of porch support posts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
402 CONCRETE, MASONRY OR ICF FIRST STORY, WOOD-FRAME SECOND STORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Foundation designed per Chapter 2 for two story building with concrete, masonry or ICF exterior walls . . . . . . . Yes No
First story walls per Chapter 2 (including vertical reinforcement and bond beam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Beams spanning openings in 1st story walls per Section 205.2 for masonry walls and
Section 209.7 for ICF walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Second story floor system per Section 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Second story walls, ceilings and roof per Chapter 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
403 WOOD FRAME GABLE ENDWALLS ABOVE CONCRETE, MASONRY OR ICF WALLS
If walls are masonry, is bracing provided per Section 205.4.8? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Gable construction per Section 205.4.8 or Section 203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Masonry construction per Section 205, or ICF construction per Section 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Connection of walls, ceiling and gable provided . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
404 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING ABOVE CONCRETE, MASONRY OR ICF WALLS
Foundation designed per Chapter 2 for two story building with concrete, masonry or ICF exterior walls . . . . . . . Yes No
First story walls per Chapter 2 (including vertical reinforcement and bond beam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Beams spanning openings in 1st story walls per Section 205.2 for masonry walls and Section 209.7
for ICF walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Second story floor system per Section 303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Connection to concrete, masonry or ICF wall where windspeed is 100 mph or less
Bottom track of wall directly attached to concrete, masonry or ICF wall per Figure 404(1) . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Track reinforced at anchor bolt locations by stud blocking per Section 404.5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
1/ inch diameter anchor bolts embedded min. 7 inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
2
Anchor bolt edge distance a minimum of 2 1/ 2 inches or placed in middle third of wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Anchor bolt located not more than 12 inches from wall corners or wall ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Stud attached to track with #8 screw on each side of the track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Connection to concrete, masonry or ICF wall where windspeed is greater than 100 mph
Bottom track of wall and wood sill plate attached to concrete, masonry or ICF wall per Figure 404(2) Yes No
1/ inch diameter anchor bolts embedded min. 7 inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
2
Anchor bolt edge distance a minimum of 2 1/ 2 inches or placed in middle third of wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Anchor bolt located not more than 12 inches from wall corners or wall ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Anchor bolts spaced per AISI S230. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Studs attached to track and plate with steel strap per Table 404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
501 GENERAL
501.3 STRUCTURAL
Basic wind speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________mph
Exposure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______B _______C
Mean roof height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _________________ft
Importance factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____1.00 _____1.15
Minimum uplift design pressure
Roof zone 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________psf
Roof zone 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________psf
Roof zone 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ________________psf
501.4 SAFETY FACTOR
Safety factor of 2 used when wind resistance determined by testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
501.5 DEFLECTION LIMITS
Deflection limits of structural members per Table 501(3) Yes No
502 WEATHER PROTECTION
502.1 WEATHER PROTECTION
Weather protection per Section R903 of the International Residential Code and Section 1503
of the International Building Code Yes No
502.2 FLASHING
Membrane flashing installed per manufacturer's instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Metal flashing installed per Section 502.2.2 and Table 502(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Metal counterflashing installed per Section 502.2.3 and Table 502(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Roof penetration flashing installed per Section 502.2.4 and Table 502(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
502.3 GUTTERS
Gutters and leaders of approved material, lapped, soldered or caulked joints, securely fastened to building . . . . . Yes No
Gutters and leaders sized and discharge per International Plumbing Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
502.4 GRAVEL STOP AND DRIP EDGE
Gravel stops and drip edges have minimum 1 1/2 inch vertical face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Gravel stops and drip edges extend down not less than 1/
2 inch below sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Gravel stops and drip edges have minimum 3/ inch clearance from structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
8
Gravel stops and drip edges installed per roof cover manufacturer's installation instructions and after
roofing felt has been applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Gravel stops and drip edges joined by lapping a minimum of 3 inches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Deck flange nailed per Section 502.4.5 and Table 502(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
503 MATERIALS
503.1 ROOF SHEATHING
Roof sheathing is solid sheathing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
503.2 FASTENER CORROSION RESISTANCE
Fasteners other than roof sheathing fasteners are corrosion resistant per Section 304.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
503.3 TIN CAPS
Tin caps between 15/8 and 2 inches in diameter and not less in thickness than 32 ga (0.001 inch) . . . . . . . Yes No
(continued)
503.4 UNDERLAYMENT
Underlayment complies with requirements of roof covering being installed Yes No
504 REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF COVERINGS
504.2 ASPHALT SINGLES
Asphalt shingles comply with one of the following:
Section R905.2 of the International Residential Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Section 1507.2 of the International Building Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Fasteners for asphalt shingles are proper material, diameter and length (Section 504.2.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Nail component of plastic cap nails is corrosion resistant (Section 504.2.1.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Attachment determination
Basic Wind Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______________ mph
Classification
ASTM D 3161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ____D ____E ____F
ASTM D 7158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____ G _____ H
Number of fasteners for ASTM classification __________________
Flashing cement at intersection of shingles with eaves, rakes, valleys, gable ends and starter strips . . . . . Yes No
Underlayment application
Two layers for roof slope of 2:12 to 4:12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
One layer for roof slopes of 4:12 or greater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Underlayment fasteners per Section 504.2.3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Base and counterflashing material per Section 504.2.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Base and counterflashing installed per Section 504.2.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Method 1 (manufacturer's instructions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Method 2 (4 inch by 4 inch “L” flashing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Drip edge at eaves and gables, fastened per Table 502(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
504.3 CLAY AND CONCRETE TILE
Clay and concrete roof tiles comply with Section R905.3 of the International Residential Code and
Section 1507.3 of the International Building Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Roof deck solidly sheathed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
1/
Underlayment for low sloped roof (2 2:12 up to 4:12) . . . . . . . . _______ Method 1 _______ Method 2 _______ Method 3
Underlayment one layer for high sloped roofs (4:12 or greater) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Attachment determination
Basic wind speed _______ mph Exposure _______ Mean roof height _______ Importance Factor _______
Roof slope _______ Roof style: _____ Gable _____ Hipped _____ Monoslope
Required aerodynamic uplift moment, M a [Table 504(2)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____________ ft-lb
Tile factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ 1.407 ft3 _______ Other __________ ft3
Mechanical fastening system
Roof tile profile: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _______ flat/low _______Medium ______Height
Mechanical fastening system used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _________________
Allowable aerodynamic uplift moment of system used [Table 504(4)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . __________ ft3
System aerodynamic uplift moment exceeds required aerodynamic uplift moment Yes No
(continued)
(continued)
(continued)
(continued)
(continued)
602 WINDOW, UNIT SKYLIGHTS, GARAGE DOORS, SLIDING GLASS DOORS, GLASS
PATIO DOORS AND ENTRY DOORS INSTALLED IN WALL/ROOF SYSTEMS
602.1 GENERAL
Performance requirements for windows, sliding glass doors and glass patio doors
Tested by an approved testing laboratory and bears the permanent label of an approved _____
inspection agency to indicate compliance with the requirements of at least one of the ANSI/AAMA/NWW
following standards (check one or more): DA 101/I.S.2
_____
ANSI/AAMA/WDMA
101/I.S.2/NAFS
_____
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440
Performance requirements of unit skylights
Tested by an approved testing laboratory and bears the permanent label of an approved inspection
agency to indicate compliance with the requirements of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/IS.2/A440 . . . . . Yes No
Performance requirements for other doors
Doors not included above tested in compliance with at least one of the following standards _____ ASTM E 330
(check one) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____ANSI/DASMA
108 (for garage doors)
_____ TAS 202
Hardware listed on certified test report used as part of the assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
602.2 DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS
Design pressure requirements for windows, unit skylights, sliding glass doors, glass patio doors and Roof zone 1______psf
entry doors determined using Tables 602(1) and 602(2) and Figure 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roof zone 2______psf
Roof zone 3______psf
Wall zone 4______psf
Wall zone 5______psf
Design pressure requirements for garage doors determined using Tables 602(2) and 602(3) . . . . . . . . . . . _______________ psf
602.3 ANCHORAGE METHODS
Window, unit skylight and door assemblies anchored per approved published manufacturer's
recommendations to resist design pressure from Section 602.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Substitute anchoring systems provide equal or greater anchoring performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Anchorage details for masonry or concrete substrate where wood shim or buck thickness is less than
11/2 inches.
Window and door assemblies anchored through main frame or by jamb clip or sub-frame system . . . . Yes No
Anchors securely fastened directly to masonry, concrete or other structural substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Bucks extend beyond interior face of window or door frame unless otherwise tested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Shim material and thickness capable of sustaining applicable loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Anchorage details for masonry or concrete substrate where wood buck thickness is 11/2 inch or greater
Bucks securely fastened to transfer load to masonry, concrete or structural substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Bucks extend beyond interior face of window or door frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Window and door assemblies anchored through main frame or by jamb clip or sub-frame system, or
through the flange to the secured wood buck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Shim material and thickness capable of sustaining applicable loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Anchorage details for conventional wood framing
Window and door assemblies anchored through main frame or by jamb clip or sub-frame system, or
through the flange to wood framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
(continued)
Anchors provided to transfer load from window or door frame to rough opening substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Shim material and thickness capable of sustaining applicable loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
602.4 MULLIONS OCCURRING BETWEEN INDIVIDUAL WINDOW AND DOOR ASSEMBLIES
Mullions approved by one of the following: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____ Tested per
AAMA 450
_____ Engineered in
accordance with
accepted engineering
practice
Mullions qualified by engineering practice meet the following:
Mullions designed to transfer the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies
to the rough opening substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions capable of resisting the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies
to be supported without deflecting more than L/175, where L = the span of the mullion in inches . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions capable of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads applied by the window and
door assemblies to be supported without exceeding the appropriate material stress levels . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions qualified by tested as stand alone units meet the following:
Mullions designed to transfer the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies
to the rough opening substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions capable of resisting the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies to
be supported without deflecting more than L/175, where L = the span of the mullion in inches . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions capable of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads applied by the window and
door assemblies to be supported without exceeding the appropriate material stress levels and
without permanent deformation exceeding 0.4% of the mullion span after load is removed . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions qualified by testing of an entire assembly in accordance with AAMA 450 meet the following:
Mullions designed to transfer the design pressure loads applied by the window and door assemblies
to the rough opening substrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Mullions capable of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads applied by the window and
door assemblies to be supported without exceeding the appropriate material stress levels and
without permanent deformation exceeding 0.4% of the mullion span after load is removed . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
603 WINDBORNE DEBRIS
The following applies in windborne debris regions (areas within one mile of the coastal mean high water
line where the basic wind speed shown on Figure 104 is 110 mph or greater and in all regions where
the basic wind speed shown is 120 mph or greater.)
Windows, unit skylights, sliding glass doors and glass patio doors protected or impact resistant in
accordance with one of the following:
Protected with tested, permanently labeled and approved impact-resistant covering in compliance to _____ ASTM E 1886
the large missile test requirement of one of the following specifications: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and ASTM E 1996 or
_____ AAMA 506
Impact resistant, tested and approved by an independent laboratory, listed by an approved entity and
bear a permanent label identifying manufacturer, performance characteristics and approved _____ ASTM E 1886
inspection agency to indicate compliance with the large missile test requirements of one of the and ASTM E 1996 or
following specifications: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _____ AAMA 506
Wood structural panels constructed and installed per Section 603.1 and Table 603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Doors with glazing not included above protected or impact resistant in accordance with one of the
following:
Protected with tested, permanently labeled and approved impact resistant covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
(continued)
Impact resistant and tested to indicate compliance with the large missile test requirements of at least _____ ASTM E 1886
one of the following standards: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and ASTM E 1996 or
_____ ANSI/DASMA
115 (for garage doors) or
_____ TAS 201, TAS
202 and TAS 203
Sheathing fastened with 13/4 inch long 11 gauge galvanized roofing nails or 1 1/4 inch long Type S-12
screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Fasteners installed spaced 8 in. o.c. at panel edges, ends and intermediate framing members . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Studs spaced no more than 16 in. o.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Steel framing members minimum 43 mils thickness (18 ga.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
If sheathing is resisting shear forces, installed per International Building Code or
International Residential Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
(continued)
(continued)
Attachment and supports capable of resisting the wind pressures per Table R301.2(2) of the
International Residential Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Where the wind pressure does not exceed 30 pounds per square foot, fiber cement siding attached
per Table 701.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
708 METAL VENEERS
Metal veneers fabricated from approved corrosion-resistant materials, or protected front and back with
porcelain enamel, or otherwise treated to render the metal resistant to corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Veneers not less in thickness than specified in Table 701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Veneer mounted on wood or metal furring strips or approved sheathing on the light framing . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Veneer securely attached with corrosion-resistant fastenings, metal ties, or by other approved devices
or methods capable of resisting wind pressures in Table R301.2(2) of the International Residential
Code but in no case less than 20 psf Yes No
Where the wind pressure does not exceed 30 pounds per square foot, metal veneer attached
per Table 701. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No N/A
Metal supports for exterior metal veneer protected by painting, galvanizing or by other equivalent
coating or treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Wood studs, furring strips or other wood supports for exterior metal veneer approved pressure-treated
wood or protected as required in Section 1403.2 of the International Building Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
Joints and edges exposed to the weather caulked with approved durable waterproofing material or by
other approved means to prevent penetration of moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
709 DRAINED ASSEMBLY WALL OVER MASS ASSEMBLY WALL
Flashing or other approved drainage system installed per Section R703.8 of the
International Residential Code when wood frame or other type of drained wall
assembly is constructed over a mass wall assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No
[The information contained in this appendix is not part of this American National Standard (ANSI) and has not been processed in
accordance with ANSI’s requirements for an ANS. This appendix may contain material that has not been subjected to public review
or a consensus process. In addition, it does not contain requirements necessary for conformance to this standard.]
TABLE D1.0
DIMENSIONS OF PENNY WEIGHT NAILS
LENGTH DIAMETER
PENNYWEIGHT DESCRIPTION (inches) (inches)
6d common 2 0.113
1/
8d common 2 2 0.131
10d common 3 0.148
16d common 31 / 2 0.162
6d box 2 0.099
8d box 21 / 2 0.133
10d box 3 0.128
16 box 31 / 2 0.135
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
A B C D E
A: ICC 500-2008: ICC/NSSA STANDARD FOR THE D: 2006 IRC CHECKLIST™: BUILDING PROVISIONS
®
Technical Support
ICC members get expert code support services,
opinions, and technical assistance from experienced
engineers and architects, backed by the world’s Enhance your Career
leading repository of code publications. ICC keeps you current on the latest
building codes, methods, and materials.
FREE CODE—LATEST EDITION Our conferences, job postings, and
Most new individual members receive a free code educational programs can also help you
from the latest edition of the International advance your career.
®
Codes . New corporate and governmental
members receive one set of major Code News
International Codes (Building, Residential, ICC members have the inside track for
Fire, Fuel Gas, Mechanical, Plumbing, code news and industry updates via e-mails, newsletters,
Private Sewage Disposal). conferences, chapter meetings, networking, and the ICC
Web site (www.iccsafe.org). Obtain code opinions, reports,
Free Code Monographs adoption updates, and more. Without exception, ICC is
Code monographs and other materials on proposed International your number one source for the very latest code and safety
Code revisions are provided free to ICC members upon request. standards information.
®
ICC BUILDING SAFETY JOURNAL Member Recognition
A subscription to our official magazine is Improve your standing and prestige among your peers.
included with each membership. The bi-monthly ICC member cards, wall certificates, and logo decals
magazine offers insightful articles authored identify your commitment to the community and to the
by world-renowned code experts, plus code safety of people worldwide.
interpretations, job listings, event calendars,
and other useful information. ICC members ICC Networking
may also enjoy subscriptions to a bi-monthly Take advantage of exciting new opportunities
newsletter and an electronic newsletter. to network with colleagues, future employers,
potential business partners, industry experts,
Professional Development and more than 40,000 ICC members. ICC
Receive “Member Only Discounts” for also has over 300 chapters across North
on-site training, institutes, symposiums, America and around the globe to help you stay informed
audio virtual seminars, and on-line training! on local events, to consult with other professionals, and to
ICC delivers educational programs that enhance your reputation in the local community. J
Numb
enable members to transition to the
I-Codes®, interpret and enforce codes, perform plan reviews, Na
J
TR
learn about and discuss current and emerging issues that affect the or to join ICC, visit www.iccsafe.org/members s
building industry. or call toll-free 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233), x33804 LI
ar
COL
Roun
Mkt R
People Helping People Build a Safer World™ Design
Brand
8-61804-06 Tra
Prod
Ar
8-61804-42